Regenerated.
[emacs.git] / lisp / loaddefs.el
bloba94eab74dc0423a44f3484454892b0cbcc24120f
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
7 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
8 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (15391 60707))
9 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
11 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
12 Play 5x5.
14 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
15 squares you must fill the grid.
17 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 \\<5x5-mode-map>
19 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move up \\[5x5-up]
21 Move down \\[5x5-down]
22 Move left \\[5x5-left]
23 Move right \\[5x5-right]
24 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
25 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
26 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
27 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
28 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
29 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
30 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]" t nil)
32 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
33 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions." t nil)
35 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution." t nil)
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution." t nil)
41 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
42 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution.
43 Mutate the result." t nil)
45 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
48 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
49 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
50 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
51 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution." t nil)
53 ;;;***
55 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
56 ;;;;;; (15564 32021))
57 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
59 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
60 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
61 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
62 extensions.
63 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
64 name" nil nil)
66 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
67 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
68 This version was built on $Date: 2002/04/28 21:14:17 $.
70 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
71 \\{ada-mode-map}
73 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
74 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
76 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
77 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
79 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
80 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
82 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
84 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
85 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
87 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
88 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
90 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
91 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
92 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
93 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
94 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
96 If you use imenu.el:
97 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
99 If you use find-file.el:
100 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
101 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
102 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
103 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
104 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
106 If you use ada-xref.el:
107 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
108 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
109 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'." t nil)
111 ;;;***
113 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
114 ;;;;;; (15547 22608))
115 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
117 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
118 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file." t nil)
120 ;;;***
122 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
123 ;;;;;; (15564 32021))
124 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
126 (autoload (quote ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "\
127 Open a file anywhere in the source path.
128 Completion is available." t nil)
130 ;;;***
132 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
133 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
134 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
135 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name) "add-log" "add-log.el" (15371 46415))
136 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
138 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
139 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
140 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
142 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
143 *Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
144 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.")
146 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
147 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil)
149 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
150 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
152 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
153 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
154 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
155 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
157 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
158 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
159 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
161 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
162 current buffer to the complete file name.
163 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'." nil nil)
165 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
166 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
167 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
168 name and site.
170 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
171 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
173 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
175 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
176 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
177 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
179 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
180 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
181 the same person.
183 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
184 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
185 notices.
187 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
188 non-nil, otherwise in local time." t nil)
190 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
191 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
192 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
193 the change log file in another window." t nil)
194 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
196 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
197 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
198 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
199 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
200 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
201 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil)
203 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
204 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
206 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
207 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
209 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
210 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
212 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
213 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
215 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
216 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
218 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
219 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
220 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
221 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
222 `add-log-current-defun-function'
224 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil)
226 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
227 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
228 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
229 the appropriate motion commands).
231 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
232 old-style time formats for entries are supported." t nil)
234 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
235 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format." t nil)
237 ;;;***
239 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
240 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (15566
241 ;;;;;; 7178))
242 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
244 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
245 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
246 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
247 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
248 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
249 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
250 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
251 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
252 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
253 interpreted as `error'.")
255 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
256 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
257 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
258 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
259 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
260 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
261 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
262 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
264 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
265 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
266 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
267 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
268 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
269 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
270 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
271 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
272 will be overwritten with the new one.
273 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
274 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
275 will clear the cache." nil nil)
277 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
278 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
279 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
281 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
282 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
283 BODY... )
285 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
286 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
287 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
288 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
289 see also `ad-add-advice'.
290 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
291 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
292 before/around/after-advices will be used.
293 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
294 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
295 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
296 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
297 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
298 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
300 Semantics of the various flags:
301 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
302 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
303 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
305 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
306 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
308 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
309 advised function should be compiled.
311 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
312 during activation until somebody enables it.
314 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
315 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
316 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
317 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
319 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
320 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
321 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
322 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
323 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
324 during preloading.
326 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation." nil (quote macro))
328 ;;;***
330 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
331 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
332 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (15567 23556))
333 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
335 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
336 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
337 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
338 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
339 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
340 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
341 rule's `separate' attribute).
343 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
344 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
345 `separate' attribute set.
347 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
348 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
349 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
350 on the format of these lists." t nil)
352 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
353 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
354 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
355 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
356 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
357 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
358 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
359 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
360 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
361 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
362 options.
364 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
365 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
367 Fred (123) 456-7890
368 Alice (123) 456-7890
369 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
370 Joe (123) 456-7890
372 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
373 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
374 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression." t nil)
376 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
377 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
378 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
379 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
380 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
381 align that section." t nil)
383 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
384 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
385 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
386 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
387 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
388 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
389 been used to align that section." t nil)
391 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
392 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
393 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
394 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
395 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
396 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
397 to be colored." t nil)
399 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
400 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'." t nil)
402 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
403 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes." t nil)
405 ;;;***
407 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
408 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (15576 11370))
409 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
411 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir))
413 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
414 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
415 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
416 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
417 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
418 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents." t nil)
420 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" nil nil nil)
422 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" . ange-ftp-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
424 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*\\'" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*\\'" . ange-ftp-completion-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
426 ;;;***
428 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
429 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (15371 46425))
430 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
432 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
433 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
434 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
435 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
436 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
437 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
438 in the current window." nil nil)
440 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
441 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
442 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines." nil nil)
444 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
445 Display Sarah's birthday present in a new buffer." t nil)
447 ;;;***
449 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
450 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (15391 60505))
451 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
453 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
454 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t." t nil)
456 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
457 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
459 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
460 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
461 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
462 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
464 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
465 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
467 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'." nil nil)
469 ;;;***
471 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
472 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (15417 7450))
473 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
475 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
476 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
477 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
478 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
479 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
480 \\[yank].
482 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
483 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
484 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
485 the rules.
487 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
488 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
489 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
490 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'." t nil)
492 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
493 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
494 \\{antlr-mode-map}" t nil)
496 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
497 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
498 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'." nil nil)
500 ;;;***
502 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
503 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
504 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
505 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (15391 60522))
506 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
508 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
509 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
510 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
511 as the first thing on a line.")
513 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
514 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
516 (defvar appt-audible t "\
517 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
519 (defvar appt-visible t "\
520 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.")
522 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
523 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.")
525 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
526 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.")
528 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
529 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.")
531 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
532 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
533 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
535 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
536 Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG.
537 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format." t nil)
539 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
540 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments." t nil)
542 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
543 Create the appointments list from todays diary buffer.
544 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
545 put in the appointments list.
546 02/23/89
547 12:00pm lunch
548 Wednesday
549 10:00am group meeting
550 We assume that the variables DATE and NUMBER
551 hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
552 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for." nil nil)
554 ;;;***
556 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command
557 ;;;;;; apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos" "apropos.el" (15572
558 ;;;;;; 475))
559 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
561 (autoload (quote apropos-mode) "apropos" "\
562 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands.
564 \\{apropos-mode-map}" t nil)
566 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
567 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
568 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
569 normal variables." t nil)
571 (fset (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
573 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
574 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP.
575 With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
576 noninteractive functions.
578 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
579 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE." t nil)
581 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
582 Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP.
583 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also
584 show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more
585 time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
587 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
588 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP.
589 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
590 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
591 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil)
593 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
594 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP.
595 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
596 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
597 bindings.
598 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
600 ;;;***
602 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (15505
603 ;;;;;; 59084))
604 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
606 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
607 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
608 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
609 Letters no longer insert themselves.
610 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
611 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
613 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
614 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
615 archive.
617 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil)
619 ;;;***
621 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (15427 61500))
622 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
624 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
625 Major mode for editing arrays.
627 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
628 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
629 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
631 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
633 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
634 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
635 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
637 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
638 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
639 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
640 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
641 The variables are:
643 Variables you assign:
644 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
645 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
646 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
647 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
648 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
649 row numbers in the buffer.
651 Variables which are calculated:
652 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
653 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
655 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
656 take a numeric prefix argument):
658 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
659 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
660 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
661 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
663 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
664 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
665 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
666 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
668 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
669 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
670 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
671 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
673 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
674 between that of point and mark.
676 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
677 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
679 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
680 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
681 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
682 newlines inside rows)
684 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
686 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'." t nil)
688 ;;;***
690 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (15505
691 ;;;;;; 59092))
692 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
694 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
695 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
696 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
697 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
699 How to quit artist mode
701 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
704 How to submit a bug report
706 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
709 Drawing with the mouse:
711 mouse-2
712 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
713 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
714 below).
716 mouse-1
717 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
718 or pastes:
720 Operation Not shifted Shifted
721 --------------------------------------------------------------
722 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
723 to new point
724 --------------------------------------------------------------
725 Line Line in any direction Straight line
726 --------------------------------------------------------------
727 Rectangle Rectangle Square
728 --------------------------------------------------------------
729 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
730 --------------------------------------------------------------
731 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
732 --------------------------------------------------------------
733 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
734 --------------------------------------------------------------
735 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
736 --------------------------------------------------------------
737 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
738 --------------------------------------------------------------
739 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
740 lines
741 --------------------------------------------------------------
742 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
743 --------------------------------------------------------------
744 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
745 --------------------------------------------------------------
746 Paste Paste Paste
747 --------------------------------------------------------------
748 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
749 --------------------------------------------------------------
751 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
752 or diagonally.
754 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
755 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
756 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
757 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
758 poly-lines.
760 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
761 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
762 overwrite means the opposite.
764 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
765 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
766 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
768 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
770 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
771 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
773 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
774 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
775 are currently drawing something.
777 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
778 some time to fill.
781 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
782 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
785 Settings
787 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
789 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
791 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
793 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
795 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
796 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
798 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
801 Drawing with keys
803 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
804 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
805 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
806 When erase characters: toggles erasing
807 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
808 When pasting: Pastes
810 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
812 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
814 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
815 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
816 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
817 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
818 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
819 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
822 Arrows
824 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
825 of the line/poly-line
827 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
828 of the line/poly-line
831 Selecting operation
833 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
835 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
836 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
837 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
838 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
839 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
840 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
841 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
842 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
843 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
844 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
845 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
846 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
847 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
848 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
849 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
850 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
851 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
852 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
853 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
854 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
857 Variables
859 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
860 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
862 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
863 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
864 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
865 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
866 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
867 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
868 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
869 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
870 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
871 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
872 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
873 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
874 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
875 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
876 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
877 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
878 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
879 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
880 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
882 Hooks
884 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
885 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
888 Keymap summary
890 \\{artist-mode-map}" t nil)
892 ;;;***
894 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (15371
895 ;;;;;; 46426))
896 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
898 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
899 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
900 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
902 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
903 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
904 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
905 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
907 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
908 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
910 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
911 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
913 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
915 Special commands:
916 \\{asm-mode-map}
917 " t nil)
919 ;;;***
921 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
922 ;;;;;; (15371 46425))
923 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
925 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
926 Obsolete.")
928 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
929 This command is obsolete." t nil)
931 ;;;***
933 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
934 ;;;;;; (15371 46415))
935 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
937 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
938 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
939 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
940 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
941 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-mode'.")
943 (custom-add-to-group (quote autoarg) (quote autoarg-mode) (quote custom-variable))
945 (custom-add-load (quote autoarg-mode) (quote autoarg))
947 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
948 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
949 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
950 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
951 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
952 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
953 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
954 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
955 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
956 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
958 For example:
959 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
960 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
961 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
962 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
963 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
965 \\{autoarg-mode-map}" t nil)
967 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
968 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
969 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
970 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
971 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
973 (custom-add-to-group (quote autoarg-kp) (quote autoarg-kp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
975 (custom-add-load (quote autoarg-kp-mode) (quote autoarg))
977 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
978 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
979 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
980 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
981 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
982 &c to supply digit arguments.
984 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}" t nil)
986 ;;;***
988 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
989 ;;;;;; (15371 46426))
990 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
992 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
993 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files." t nil)
995 ;;;***
997 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
998 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (15566 54821))
999 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1001 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1002 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1003 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil)
1005 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1006 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1007 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1008 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil)
1010 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1011 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1012 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1013 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1014 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1016 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-insert) (quote auto-insert-mode) (quote custom-variable))
1018 (custom-add-load (quote auto-insert-mode) (quote autoinsert))
1020 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1021 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1022 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1023 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1025 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1026 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer." t nil)
1028 ;;;***
1030 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directories
1031 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1032 ;;;;;; (15441 20092))
1033 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1035 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1036 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1037 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1038 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it." t nil)
1040 (autoload (quote update-autoloads-from-directories) "autoload" "\
1041 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1042 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work." t nil)
1044 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1045 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1046 Calls `update-autoloads-from-directories' on the command line arguments." nil nil)
1048 ;;;***
1050 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
1051 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (15547 22601))
1052 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1054 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil "\
1055 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active.
1056 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode' instead.")
1058 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1059 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1061 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1062 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1063 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers." t nil)
1065 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1066 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1068 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1069 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)" nil nil)
1071 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1072 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1073 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1074 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1075 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1077 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-revert) (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote custom-variable))
1079 (custom-add-load (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote autorevert))
1081 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1082 Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
1084 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1085 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1086 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer." t nil)
1088 ;;;***
1090 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1091 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (15371 46415))
1092 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1094 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1095 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1096 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1097 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1098 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1100 (custom-add-to-group (quote avoid) (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote custom-variable))
1102 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote avoid))
1104 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1105 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1106 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1107 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1109 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1110 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1111 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1113 Effects of the different modes:
1114 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1115 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1116 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1117 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1118 a random distance & direction.
1119 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1120 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1121 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1123 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1125 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1126 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1127 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil)
1129 ;;;***
1131 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (15371
1132 ;;;;;; 46426))
1133 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el
1135 (autoload (quote awk-mode) "awk-mode" "\
1136 Major mode for editing AWK code.
1137 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
1138 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
1139 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
1141 Turning on AWK mode runs `awk-mode-hook'." t nil)
1143 ;;;***
1145 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1146 ;;;;;; (15371 46419))
1147 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1149 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1150 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1152 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1153 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1155 For example:
1157 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1158 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1159 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1160 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1162 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted." nil (quote macro))
1164 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1166 ;;;***
1168 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1169 ;;;;;; (15391 60505))
1170 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1172 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1173 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1174 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1175 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'." t nil)
1177 (autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\
1178 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1179 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1180 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1181 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1182 seconds." t nil)
1184 ;;;***
1186 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (15507
1187 ;;;;;; 55753))
1188 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1190 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1191 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1193 To submit a problem report, enter \\[bibtex-submit-bug-report] from a
1194 BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
1195 version information already added. You just need to add a description
1196 of the problem, including a reproducable test case and send the
1197 message.
1200 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1202 You should use commands as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a
1203 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
1204 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled
1205 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
1206 with command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1208 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable
1209 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will
1210 work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries
1211 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
1212 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
1213 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1215 For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function
1216 `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of
1217 BibTeX mode.
1220 Special information:
1222 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1224 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
1225 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
1226 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1227 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1228 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1229 \\[bibtex-yank] will yank the last recently killed field after the
1230 current field.
1231 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1232 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1234 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1235 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
1236 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
1237 bibtex-entry-format.
1238 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1239 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1240 idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format.
1242 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field.
1243 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
1245 The following may be of interest as well:
1247 Functions:
1248 bibtex-entry
1249 bibtex-kill-entry
1250 bibtex-yank-pop
1251 bibtex-pop-previous
1252 bibtex-pop-next
1253 bibtex-complete-string
1254 bibtex-complete-key
1255 bibtex-print-help-message
1256 bibtex-generate-autokey
1257 bibtex-beginning-of-entry
1258 bibtex-end-of-entry
1259 bibtex-reposition-window
1260 bibtex-mark-entry
1261 bibtex-ispell-abstract
1262 bibtex-ispell-entry
1263 bibtex-narrow-to-entry
1264 bibtex-sort-buffer
1265 bibtex-validate
1266 bibtex-count
1267 bibtex-fill-entry
1268 bibtex-reformat
1269 bibtex-convert-alien
1271 Variables:
1272 bibtex-field-delimiters
1273 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
1274 bibtex-include-OPTkey
1275 bibtex-user-optional-fields
1276 bibtex-entry-format
1277 bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries
1278 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
1279 bibtex-entry-field-alist
1280 bibtex-predefined-strings
1281 bibtex-string-files
1283 ---------------------------------------------------------
1284 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
1285 non-nil.
1287 \\{bibtex-mode-map}" t nil)
1289 ;;;***
1291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el" (15464 26329))
1292 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1294 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1296 ;;;***
1298 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (15400
1299 ;;;;;; 1479))
1300 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1302 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1303 Play blackbox.
1304 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1306 What is blackbox?
1308 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1309 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1310 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1311 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1312 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1313 your score.
1315 Overview of play:
1317 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1318 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1319 four.
1321 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1322 movement keys.
1324 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1325 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1327 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1328 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1330 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1331 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1332 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1333 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1334 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1335 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1337 Details:
1339 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1341 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1342 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1343 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1344 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1346 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1347 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1348 denoted by the letter `R'.
1350 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1351 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1352 denoted by the letter `H'.
1354 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1355 example.
1357 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1358 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1359 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1360 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1361 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1362 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1363 ray.
1365 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1366 degree deflection it causes.
1369 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1370 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1371 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1372 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1373 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1374 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1375 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1376 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1379 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1380 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1383 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1384 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1385 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1386 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1387 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1388 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1389 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1390 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1392 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1393 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1394 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1395 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1396 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1397 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1398 emerging from the box.
1400 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1402 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1403 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1404 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1405 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1406 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1407 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1408 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1409 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1411 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1412 a reflection." t nil)
1414 ;;;***
1416 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate
1417 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list
1418 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete
1419 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location
1420 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
1421 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (15400 1471))
1422 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1423 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
1424 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
1425 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1427 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
1428 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1429 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1430 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1431 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1432 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1434 (define-prefix-command (quote bookmark-map))
1436 (define-key bookmark-map "x" (quote bookmark-set))
1438 (define-key bookmark-map "m" (quote bookmark-set))
1440 (define-key bookmark-map "j" (quote bookmark-jump))
1442 (define-key bookmark-map "g" (quote bookmark-jump))
1444 (define-key bookmark-map "i" (quote bookmark-insert))
1446 (define-key bookmark-map "e" (quote edit-bookmarks))
1448 (define-key bookmark-map "f" (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1450 (define-key bookmark-map "r" (quote bookmark-rename))
1452 (define-key bookmark-map "d" (quote bookmark-delete))
1454 (define-key bookmark-map "l" (quote bookmark-load))
1456 (define-key bookmark-map "w" (quote bookmark-write))
1458 (define-key bookmark-map "s" (quote bookmark-save))
1460 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
1461 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1462 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1463 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1464 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1465 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1466 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1467 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1468 recent one.
1470 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1471 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1472 yank successive words.
1474 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1475 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1476 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1477 name of the file being visited.
1479 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1480 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1481 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil)
1483 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
1484 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1485 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1486 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1487 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1488 this.
1490 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1491 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
1492 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1493 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil)
1495 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
1496 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1497 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1498 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1499 after a bookmark was set in it." t nil)
1501 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
1502 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1503 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1504 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil)
1506 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1508 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
1509 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1510 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1511 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1513 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1514 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1515 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1517 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1518 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1519 name." t nil)
1521 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
1522 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1523 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1524 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1525 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1526 this." t nil)
1528 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
1529 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1530 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1531 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1532 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1533 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1534 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1535 probably because we were called from there." t nil)
1537 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
1538 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1539 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead." t nil)
1541 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
1542 Save currently defined bookmarks.
1543 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1544 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1545 \(second argument).
1547 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
1548 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1549 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1550 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1551 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1553 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1554 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
1555 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1556 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil)
1558 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
1559 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1560 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1561 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1562 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1563 while loading.
1565 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
1566 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
1567 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
1568 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
1569 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
1570 explicitly.
1572 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
1573 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
1574 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
1575 method buffers use to resolve name collisions." t nil)
1577 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
1578 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
1579 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
1580 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
1581 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil)
1583 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1585 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1587 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert) "bookmark" "\
1588 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1589 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1590 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1591 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1592 this.
1594 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1595 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1596 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1598 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump) "bookmark" "\
1599 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1600 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1601 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1602 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1603 this.
1605 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1606 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1607 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1609 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate) "bookmark" "\
1610 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1611 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
1613 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1614 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1615 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1617 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename) "bookmark" "\
1618 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
1619 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
1620 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
1621 prompts for NEWNAME.
1622 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
1623 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
1624 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
1626 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1627 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1628 name.
1630 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1631 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1632 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1634 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete) "bookmark" "\
1635 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
1636 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1637 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1638 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1639 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1641 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1642 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1643 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1645 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))
1647 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map)))
1649 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)))
1651 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)))
1653 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)))
1655 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)))
1657 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete)))
1659 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename)))
1661 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate)))
1663 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert)))
1665 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set)))
1667 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump)))
1669 ;;;***
1671 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
1672 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
1673 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
1674 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
1675 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
1676 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
1677 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
1678 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-generic-program
1679 ;;;;;; browse-url-save-file browse-url-new-window-flag browse-url-galeon-program
1680 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-display browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url"
1681 ;;;;;; "net/browse-url.el" (15517 64423))
1682 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
1684 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (if (memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser) (quote browse-url-default-browser)) "\
1685 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
1686 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
1687 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
1689 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
1690 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
1691 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
1692 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
1693 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
1695 (defvar browse-url-browser-display nil "\
1696 *The X display for running the browser, if not same as Emacs'.")
1698 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
1699 *The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
1701 (defvar browse-url-new-window-flag nil "\
1702 *If non-nil, always open a new browser window with appropriate browsers.
1703 Passing an interactive argument to \\[browse-url], or specific browser
1704 commands reverses the effect of this variable. Requires Netscape version
1705 1.1N or later or XMosaic version 2.5 or later if using those browsers.")
1707 (defvar browse-url-save-file nil "\
1708 *If non-nil, save the buffer before displaying its file.
1709 Used by the `browse-url-of-file' command.")
1711 (defvar browse-url-generic-program nil "\
1712 *The name of the browser program used by `browse-url-generic'.")
1714 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
1715 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
1716 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
1717 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
1718 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
1719 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'." t nil)
1721 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
1722 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
1723 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
1724 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
1725 narrowed." t nil)
1727 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
1728 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line." t nil)
1730 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
1731 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region." t nil)
1733 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
1734 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
1735 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
1736 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1738 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1739 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
1740 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
1741 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1743 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
1744 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
1745 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
1746 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
1747 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
1748 to use." t nil)
1750 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
1751 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
1752 Default to the URL around or before point.
1754 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1755 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
1756 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1757 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1759 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1760 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1762 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Galeon, Netscape,
1763 Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, MMM, Konqueror, and then W3." nil nil)
1765 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
1766 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
1767 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1768 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
1770 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1771 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
1772 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1773 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1775 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1776 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1778 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
1779 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
1780 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1781 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
1783 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1784 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
1785 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1786 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1788 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1789 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1791 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
1792 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
1793 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1794 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
1796 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1797 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
1798 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1799 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1801 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
1802 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
1803 new tab in an existing window instead.
1805 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1806 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1808 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
1809 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
1810 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1811 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
1813 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1814 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
1815 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
1816 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1818 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1819 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1821 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
1822 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1824 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1825 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
1826 program is invoked according to the variable
1827 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
1829 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1830 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
1831 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1832 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1834 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1835 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1837 (defvar browse-url-grail (concat (or (getenv "GRAILDIR") "~/.grail") "/user/rcgrail.py") "\
1838 Location of Grail remote control client script `rcgrail.py'.
1839 Typically found in $GRAILDIR/rcgrail.py, or ~/.grail/user/rcgrail.py.")
1841 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
1842 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
1843 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
1844 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil)
1846 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
1847 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1848 Default to the URL around or before point.
1850 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
1851 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
1852 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
1854 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1855 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
1856 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1857 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1859 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1860 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1862 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
1863 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1864 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1866 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
1867 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
1868 Default to the URL around or before point.
1870 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1871 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
1872 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1874 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1875 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1877 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
1878 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
1879 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
1880 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1882 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
1883 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1884 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
1885 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
1886 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'." t nil)
1888 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
1889 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1890 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
1891 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
1893 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1894 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
1895 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
1896 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1898 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1899 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1901 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
1902 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
1903 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1905 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
1906 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
1907 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
1908 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
1909 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
1910 current one.
1912 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1913 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
1914 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
1915 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1917 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1918 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1920 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
1921 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
1922 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
1923 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
1924 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
1925 don't offer a form of remote control." t nil)
1927 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
1928 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
1929 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1931 ;;;***
1933 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (15400
1934 ;;;;;; 1479))
1935 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
1937 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
1938 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
1940 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
1941 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'." nil nil)
1943 ;;;***
1945 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
1946 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (15371 46415))
1947 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
1949 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
1950 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1951 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1952 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1954 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
1955 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1956 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1957 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1959 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
1960 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu." t nil)
1962 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
1963 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
1964 \\<bs-mode-map>
1965 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
1966 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
1967 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
1968 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
1970 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
1971 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
1972 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
1973 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
1974 name of buffer configuration." t nil)
1976 ;;;***
1978 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
1979 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (15425
1980 ;;;;;; 28360))
1981 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
1983 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "" (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
1984 Keymap used by buttons.")
1986 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
1987 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
1988 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
1990 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
1991 Define a `button type' called NAME.
1992 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
1993 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
1994 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
1995 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
1997 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
1998 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
1999 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2000 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes)." nil nil)
2002 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2003 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2004 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2005 specifying properties to add to the button.
2006 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2007 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2008 `define-button-type'.
2010 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'." nil nil)
2012 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2013 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2014 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2015 specifying properties to add to the button.
2016 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2017 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2018 `define-button-type'.
2020 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'." nil nil)
2022 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2023 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2024 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2025 specifying properties to add to the button.
2026 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2027 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2028 `define-button-type'.
2030 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2031 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2032 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2033 `make-text-button'.
2035 Also see `insert-text-button'." nil nil)
2037 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2038 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2039 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2040 specifying properties to add to the button.
2041 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2042 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2043 `define-button-type'.
2045 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2046 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2047 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2048 `insert-text-button'.
2050 Also see `make-text-button'." nil nil)
2052 ;;;***
2054 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2055 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2056 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2057 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2058 ;;;;;; (15523 44062))
2059 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2061 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2062 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2063 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil)
2065 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2066 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2067 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2068 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2070 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled.
2071 But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user,
2072 for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means
2073 don't ask and compile the file anyway.
2075 A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory.
2077 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2078 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil)
2080 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2081 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2082 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2083 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2084 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors." t nil)
2086 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2087 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2088 Print the result in the minibuffer.
2089 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil)
2091 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2092 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2093 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil)
2095 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2096 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2097 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2098 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2099 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2100 all functions called by those functions.
2102 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2103 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2104 cons, etc.).
2106 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2107 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2108 invoked interactively." t nil)
2110 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2111 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2112 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2113 it won't work in an interactive Emacs." nil nil)
2115 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2116 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2117 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2118 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2119 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2120 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2121 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2122 already up-to-date." nil nil)
2124 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2125 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2126 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2127 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil)
2129 ;;;***
2131 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (15371 46418))
2132 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2134 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2136 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2138 ;;;***
2140 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2141 ;;;;;; (15547 22605))
2142 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2144 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2145 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2146 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2147 from the cursor position." t nil)
2149 ;;;***
2151 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2152 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2153 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (15564
2154 ;;;;;; 39428))
2155 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2157 (defvar calc-info-filename "calc.info" "\
2158 *File name in which to look for the Calculator's Info documentation.")
2160 (defvar calc-settings-file user-init-file "\
2161 *File in which to record permanent settings; default is `user-init-file'.")
2163 (defvar calc-autoload-directory nil "\
2164 Name of directory from which additional \".elc\" files for Calc should be
2165 loaded. Should include a trailing \"/\".
2166 If nil, use original installation directory.
2167 This can safely be nil as long as the Calc files are on the load-path.")
2169 (defvar calc-gnuplot-name "gnuplot" "\
2170 *Name of GNUPLOT program, for calc-graph features.")
2172 (defvar calc-gnuplot-plot-command nil "\
2173 *Name of command for displaying GNUPLOT output; %s = file name to print.")
2175 (defvar calc-gnuplot-print-command "lp %s" "\
2176 *Name of command for printing GNUPLOT output; %s = file name to print.")
2177 (global-set-key "\e#" 'calc-dispatch)
2179 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2180 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details." t nil)
2182 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2183 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\"." t nil)
2185 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2186 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window." t nil)
2188 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2189 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator." t nil)
2191 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2192 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2193 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2194 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form." nil nil)
2196 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2197 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2198 This is most useful in the X window system.
2199 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2200 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press." t nil)
2202 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2203 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2204 See calc-keypad for details." t nil)
2206 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2207 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack." t nil)
2209 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2210 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack." t nil)
2212 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2213 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point." t nil)
2215 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2216 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2217 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto." t nil)
2219 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" nil nil (quote macro))
2221 ;;;***
2223 ;;;### (autoloads (calc-extensions) "calc-ext" "calc/calc-ext.el"
2224 ;;;;;; (15488 49716))
2225 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-ext.el
2227 (autoload (quote calc-extensions) "calc-ext" "\
2228 This function is part of the autoload linkage for parts of Calc." nil nil)
2230 ;;;***
2232 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (15457
2233 ;;;;;; 4931))
2234 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2236 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2237 Run the Emacs calculator.
2238 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information." t nil)
2240 ;;;***
2242 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2243 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2244 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2245 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2246 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2247 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2248 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2249 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2250 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
2251 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2252 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2253 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays
2254 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2255 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2256 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset
2257 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
2258 ;;;;;; (15547 22605))
2259 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2261 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
2262 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
2263 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
2265 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2266 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2267 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2268 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2269 the screen.")
2271 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2272 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
2273 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2274 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2275 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
2277 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
2278 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
2279 This variable affects the diary display when the command \\[diary] is used,
2280 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
2281 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
2282 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
2283 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
2285 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
2286 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
2287 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
2288 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
2289 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
2291 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
2292 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
2293 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
2295 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2296 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2297 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2299 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2300 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2301 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2303 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2304 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2305 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2306 displayed.")
2308 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2309 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2310 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2312 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2313 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2314 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2316 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2318 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2319 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2320 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2322 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2323 calendar.")
2325 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2326 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2327 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2329 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2330 calendar.")
2332 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2333 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2334 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2336 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2337 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2338 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2339 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2340 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2342 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2343 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2344 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2345 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2346 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2347 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2348 a function is also provided for this:
2349 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2351 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2352 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2353 date is not visible in the window.
2355 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2356 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2357 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2359 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2360 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2362 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2363 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2364 date is visible in the window.
2366 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2367 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2368 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2370 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
2371 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
2373 For example,
2375 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
2377 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
2379 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
2380 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
2382 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms
2384 MONTH/DAY
2385 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
2386 MONTHNAME DAY
2387 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
2388 DAYNAME
2390 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry
2391 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is
2392 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.
2393 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.
2394 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.
2395 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three
2396 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,
2397 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,
2398 respectively.
2400 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used
2401 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set
2402 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are
2404 DAY/MONTH
2405 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2406 DAY MONTHNAME
2407 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2408 DAYNAME
2410 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
2411 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
2413 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
2414 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
2415 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
2416 window but will appear in a diary window.
2418 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
2419 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
2421 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
2422 entries (in the default American style):
2424 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
2425 &1/1. Happy New Year!
2426 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
2427 21: Payday
2428 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
2429 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
2430 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
2431 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
2432 mar 16 Dad's birthday
2433 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
2434 &* 15 time cards due.
2436 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
2437 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
2438 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
2439 single diary entry
2441 02/11/1989
2442 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
2443 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
2444 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
2445 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
2446 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
2447 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
2449 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
2450 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
2451 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
2453 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
2455 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
2457 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
2458 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
2459 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
2460 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
2461 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
2462 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
2463 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
2464 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
2465 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
2467 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
2468 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
2469 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
2470 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
2471 for these functions for details.
2473 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
2474 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2476 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
2477 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
2479 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
2480 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
2482 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
2483 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
2485 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
2486 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
2487 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
2489 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
2490 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
2491 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
2493 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
2494 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
2495 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
2496 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
2498 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
2499 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
2500 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
2501 1990. The accepted European date styles are
2503 DAY/MONTH
2504 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2505 DAY MONTHNAME
2506 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2507 DAYNAME
2509 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three
2510 characters with or without a period.")
2512 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2513 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
2514 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2516 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2517 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
2518 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2520 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
2521 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
2522 See the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation.")
2524 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
2525 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
2526 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2528 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
2529 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
2530 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
2531 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
2532 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
2533 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
2535 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2536 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
2537 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
2539 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
2540 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
2541 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2542 of the form
2544 #include \"filename\"
2546 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2547 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
2548 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
2549 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2550 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
2552 For example, you could use
2554 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
2555 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
2556 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
2558 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
2559 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
2560 lexicographic order.")
2562 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
2563 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
2564 Can be used for appointment notification.")
2566 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
2567 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
2568 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
2569 diary display.
2571 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
2572 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
2573 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
2574 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
2575 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
2576 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
2577 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
2579 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
2580 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
2581 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
2582 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
2583 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
2584 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
2585 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
2586 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
2588 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
2589 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
2590 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2591 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
2592 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2593 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2595 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2596 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
2598 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
2599 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
2600 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2601 of the form
2602 #include \"filename\"
2603 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2604 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
2605 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
2606 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2607 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2609 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
2610 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
2611 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2612 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
2613 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2614 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2616 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
2617 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
2618 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
2619 are holidays.")
2621 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
2622 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
2623 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
2624 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
2625 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
2627 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2629 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
2630 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
2631 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2633 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2635 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
2636 *Oriental holidays.
2637 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2639 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2641 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
2642 *Local holidays.
2643 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2645 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2647 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
2648 *User defined holidays.
2649 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2651 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2653 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
2655 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2657 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
2659 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2661 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
2663 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2665 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
2667 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2669 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
2670 *Jewish holidays.
2671 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2673 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2675 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
2676 *Christian holidays.
2677 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2679 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2681 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
2682 *Islamic holidays.
2683 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2685 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2687 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
2688 *Sun-related holidays.
2689 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2691 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2693 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
2694 The frame set up of the calendar.
2695 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
2696 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
2697 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
2698 any other value the current frame is used.")
2700 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
2701 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
2702 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
2704 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
2705 See the documentation of that function for more information." t nil)
2707 ;;;***
2709 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (15557 64404))
2710 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
2712 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2713 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2715 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2716 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
2718 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2719 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
2721 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2722 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
2724 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2725 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
2727 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2728 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
2730 ;;;***
2732 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2733 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2734 ;;;;;; (15557 64405))
2735 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2737 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" nil nil nil)
2739 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2740 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
2741 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2742 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
2743 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
2744 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
2746 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2748 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
2749 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
2750 run first.
2752 Key bindings:
2753 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil)
2755 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2756 Major mode for editing C++ code.
2757 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2758 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2759 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2760 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2761 message.
2763 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2765 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2766 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2767 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2769 Key bindings:
2770 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil)
2772 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2773 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
2774 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2775 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2776 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2777 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2778 message.
2780 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2782 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2783 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
2784 is run first.
2786 Key bindings:
2787 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil)
2789 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2790 Major mode for editing Java code.
2791 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2792 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2793 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2794 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
2795 message.
2797 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2799 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2800 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2801 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
2802 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you
2803 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
2805 Key bindings:
2806 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil)
2808 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2809 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code.
2810 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2811 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2812 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2813 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2814 message.
2816 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2818 The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2819 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2820 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2822 Key bindings:
2823 \\{idl-mode-map}" t nil)
2825 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2826 Major mode for editing Pike code.
2827 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2828 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2829 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2830 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2831 message.
2833 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2835 The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2836 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2837 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2839 Key bindings:
2840 \\{pike-mode-map}" t nil)
2842 ;;;***
2844 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
2845 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (15557 64405))
2846 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
2848 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
2849 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
2850 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
2851 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
2852 for details of setting up styles.
2854 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
2855 style name.
2857 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is non-nil, no style variables
2858 that already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
2859 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
2860 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
2861 will be reassigned.
2863 Obviously, specifying DONT-OVERRIDE is useful mainly when the initial
2864 style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since this is
2865 done internally by CC Mode, there's hardly ever a reason to use it." t nil)
2867 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
2868 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
2869 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is
2870 an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
2872 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
2874 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
2875 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
2876 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil)
2878 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
2879 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
2880 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
2881 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
2882 and exists only for compatibility reasons." t nil)
2884 ;;;***
2886 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (15557 64405))
2887 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
2889 (defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\
2890 A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using.
2891 There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different
2892 features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current
2893 supported list, along with the values for this variable:
2895 XEmacs 19, 20, 21: (8-bit)
2896 Emacs 19, 20: (1-bit)
2898 Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list:
2899 `infodock'.")
2901 ;;;***
2903 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
2904 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
2905 ;;;;;; (15371 46423))
2906 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
2908 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
2909 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers." nil nil)
2911 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
2912 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE." nil nil)
2914 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2915 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
2917 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
2918 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
2919 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
2920 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
2921 execution.
2923 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program." nil (quote macro))
2925 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2926 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
2928 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
2929 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
2930 CCL_MAIN_CODE
2931 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
2933 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
2934 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
2935 text. If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
2936 `write' commands.
2938 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
2939 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
2940 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
2941 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
2943 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
2944 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
2945 semantics.
2947 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
2949 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
2951 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
2953 STATEMENT :=
2954 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
2955 | TRANSLATE | END
2957 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
2958 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
2959 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
2960 | integer
2962 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
2964 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
2965 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
2966 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
2968 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
2969 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
2970 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
2972 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
2973 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
2975 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
2976 BREAK := (break)
2978 REPEAT :=
2979 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
2980 (repeat)
2981 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
2982 ;; (repeat))
2983 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
2984 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
2985 ;; (read REG)
2986 ;; (repeat))
2987 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
2988 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
2989 ;; (read REG)
2990 ;; (repeat))
2991 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
2993 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
2994 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
2995 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
2996 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
2997 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
2998 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
2999 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3000 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3001 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3002 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3003 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3004 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3005 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3006 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3007 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3008 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3010 WRITE :=
3011 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3012 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3013 ;; representation.
3014 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3015 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3016 ;; (write r7))
3017 | (write EXPRESSION)
3018 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3019 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3020 ;; representation.
3021 | (write integer)
3022 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3023 ;; buffer.
3024 | (write string)
3025 ;; Same as: (write string)
3026 | string
3027 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3028 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3029 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3030 ;; representation.
3031 | (write REG ARRAY)
3032 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3033 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3034 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3035 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3036 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3037 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3039 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3040 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3042 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3043 END := (end)
3045 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3046 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3047 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3049 ARG := REG | integer
3051 OPERATOR :=
3052 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3053 + | - | * | / | %
3055 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3056 | & | `|' | ^
3058 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3059 | << | >>
3061 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3062 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3063 | <8
3065 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3066 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3067 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3068 | >8
3070 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3071 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3072 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3073 | //
3075 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3076 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3078 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3079 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3080 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3081 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3082 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3083 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3084 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3085 | de-sjis
3087 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3088 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3089 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3090 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3091 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3092 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3093 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3094 ;; byte of SJIS.
3095 | en-sjis
3097 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3098 ;; Same meaning as C code
3099 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3101 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3102 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3103 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3104 | <8=
3106 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3107 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3108 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3110 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3111 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3112 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3113 | //=
3115 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3118 TRANSLATE :=
3119 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3120 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3121 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3122 MAP :=
3123 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3124 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3125 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3126 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3127 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3128 MAP-ID := integer
3129 " nil (quote macro))
3131 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3132 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3133 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3134 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3135 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3136 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME." nil (quote macro))
3138 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3139 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3140 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3142 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program." nil nil)
3144 ;;;***
3146 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3147 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3148 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3149 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3150 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3151 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3152 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3153 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3154 ;;;;;; (15464 26324))
3155 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3157 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
3158 Interactivly check the entire buffer for style errors.
3159 The current status of the ckeck will be displayed in a buffer which
3160 the users will view as each check is completed." t nil)
3162 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3163 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3164 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3165 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3166 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3167 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3168 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3169 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
3171 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3172 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3173 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3174 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3175 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3176 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3177 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3178 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
3180 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3181 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3182 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3183 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3184 spacing are all verified." t nil)
3186 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3187 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3188 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3189 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3190 otherwise stop after the first error." t nil)
3192 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
3193 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3194 Only documentation strings are checked.
3195 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3196 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3197 a separate buffer." t nil)
3199 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3200 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3201 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3202 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3203 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead." t nil)
3205 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3206 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3207 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3208 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3209 if there is one." t nil)
3211 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
3212 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3213 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3214 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3215 if there is one.
3216 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing." t nil)
3218 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3219 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3220 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged." t nil)
3222 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3223 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3224 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3225 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3226 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message." t nil)
3228 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3229 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3230 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3231 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3232 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3233 space at the end of each line." t nil)
3235 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
3236 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3237 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3238 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'" t nil)
3240 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3241 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3242 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3243 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'" t nil)
3245 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3246 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3247 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3248 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'" t nil)
3250 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3251 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3252 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3253 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'" t nil)
3255 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3256 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3257 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3258 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'" t nil)
3260 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
3261 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3262 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3263 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'" t nil)
3265 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3266 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3267 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3268 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'" t nil)
3270 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3271 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3272 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3273 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'" t nil)
3275 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3276 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3277 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3278 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'" t nil)
3280 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
3281 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3282 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
3284 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3285 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3286 checking of documentation strings.
3288 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
3290 ;;;***
3292 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
3293 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (15400
3294 ;;;;;; 1476))
3295 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3297 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3298 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3299 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
3301 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3302 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer." t nil)
3304 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3305 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3306 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
3308 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3309 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ." t nil)
3311 ;;;***
3313 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3314 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (15569 32085))
3315 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3317 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
3318 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3319 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3320 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3321 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3322 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil)
3324 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
3325 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3326 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3327 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3328 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3330 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil)
3332 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
3333 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3334 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3335 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3336 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3338 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3339 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3340 \\{command-history-map}
3342 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3343 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'." t nil)
3345 ;;;***
3347 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (15391 60525))
3348 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3350 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3351 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3352 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3353 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3354 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3355 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3357 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3358 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3360 ;;;***
3362 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3363 ;;;;;; (15507 55753))
3364 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3366 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" nil nil nil)
3368 ;;;***
3370 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3371 ;;;;;; (15371 46426))
3372 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3374 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
3375 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3376 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3377 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3379 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3380 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
3381 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
3383 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3384 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil)
3386 ;;;***
3388 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (15400
3389 ;;;;;; 1471))
3390 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3392 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
3393 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
3394 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3395 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3396 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
3397 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
3398 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
3399 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
3401 ;;;***
3403 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
3404 ;;;;;; (15417 7424))
3405 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
3407 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
3408 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
3409 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
3410 the charactert set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
3411 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
3412 ?* is used." nil (quote macro))
3414 ;;;***
3416 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
3417 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
3418 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (15517 64423))
3419 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
3421 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3422 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
3423 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
3424 ASCII table.
3426 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
3427 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
3428 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
3429 decoder and encoder created by this function." nil nil)
3431 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3432 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
3433 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3435 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3436 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
3437 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3439 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3440 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
3441 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3443 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
3444 Return an alist of supported codepages.
3446 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
3447 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
3448 for the character set supported by that codepage.
3450 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
3451 is a vector, and has a charset property." nil nil)
3453 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
3454 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
3456 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
3457 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
3458 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal." t nil)
3460 ;;;***
3462 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3463 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3464 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3465 ;;;;;; (15552 23095))
3466 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3468 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
3469 Make a comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3470 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3471 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3472 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3473 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3474 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3475 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3477 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
3479 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
3480 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3481 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3482 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3483 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3484 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3485 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3486 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3488 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
3490 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
3491 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
3492 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3493 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
3494 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
3495 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil)
3497 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
3498 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3499 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3501 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
3503 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
3504 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3505 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3507 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
3509 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
3510 Send COMMAND to current process.
3511 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3512 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
3514 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
3515 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
3516 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3517 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
3519 ;;;***
3521 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (15569
3522 ;;;;;; 32086))
3523 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
3525 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
3526 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
3527 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
3528 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
3530 This command pushes the mark in each window
3531 at the prior location of point in that window.
3532 If both windows display the same buffer,
3533 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
3534 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
3536 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
3537 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
3538 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil)
3540 ;;;***
3542 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
3543 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
3544 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
3545 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (15547 22608))
3546 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
3548 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
3549 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
3551 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
3552 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
3554 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
3555 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
3556 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
3557 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
3558 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
3560 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
3561 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
3562 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
3563 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
3564 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
3566 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
3567 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
3568 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
3569 describing how the process finished.")
3571 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
3572 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
3573 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
3574 and a string describing how the process finished.")
3576 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
3577 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
3578 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
3580 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
3581 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
3582 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
3583 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
3585 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
3586 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
3587 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
3588 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
3590 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
3591 and move to the source code that caused it.
3593 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
3594 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
3596 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
3597 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer].
3598 Then start the next one.
3600 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
3601 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
3602 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil)
3604 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
3605 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
3606 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
3607 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
3608 where grep found matches.
3610 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
3611 easily repeat a grep command.
3613 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
3614 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
3615 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
3616 if that history list is empty)." t nil)
3618 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
3619 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
3620 Collect output in a buffer.
3621 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
3622 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
3624 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
3625 easily repeat a find command." t nil)
3627 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
3628 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
3629 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
3630 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
3631 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
3633 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see)." t nil)
3635 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
3636 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
3637 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
3638 See `compilation-mode'.
3639 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
3641 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
3642 Toggle compilation minor mode.
3643 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
3644 See `compilation-mode'.
3645 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
3647 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
3648 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
3650 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
3651 the message buffer is checked for new ones.
3653 A prefix ARGP specifies how many error messages to move;
3654 negative means move back to previous error messages.
3655 Just \\[universal-argument] as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
3656 and start at the first error.
3658 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or
3659 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
3660 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any
3661 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
3662 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
3663 \\[next-error] in that buffer.
3665 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages,
3666 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
3667 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
3669 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
3670 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil)
3671 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
3673 ;;;***
3675 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
3676 ;;;;;; (15371 46415))
3677 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
3679 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
3680 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
3681 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
3682 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
3683 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
3685 (custom-add-to-group (quote partial-completion) (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3687 (custom-add-load (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote complete))
3689 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
3690 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
3691 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
3693 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
3694 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
3695 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
3696 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
3698 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
3699 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
3700 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
3701 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
3703 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
3704 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
3705 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
3706 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'." t nil)
3708 ;;;***
3710 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
3711 ;;;;;; (15400 1471))
3712 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
3714 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
3715 Enable dynamic word-completion." t nil)
3717 ;;;***
3719 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
3720 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
3721 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el"
3722 ;;;;;; (15371 46415))
3723 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
3725 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
3726 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
3727 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
3728 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
3729 `make-composition'.
3731 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
3733 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
3734 | | 1:tc or top-center
3735 | | 2:tr or top-right
3736 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
3737 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
3738 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
3739 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
3740 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
3741 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
3743 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
3744 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
3745 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
3746 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
3747 be added.
3749 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
3750 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
3751 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
3753 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
3754 | | |
3755 | global| |
3756 | glyph | |
3757 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
3758 +----+--*--+
3759 | | new |
3760 | |glyph|
3761 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
3764 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
3765 Compose characters in the current region.
3767 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
3769 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
3770 specifying the region.
3772 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
3773 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers.
3775 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
3776 of the text in the region.
3778 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
3780 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
3781 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
3782 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
3783 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
3785 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
3786 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
3787 detail.
3789 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
3790 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
3791 text in the composition." t nil)
3793 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
3794 Decompose text in the current region.
3796 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
3797 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
3799 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
3800 Compose characters in string STRING.
3802 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
3803 the characters in it.
3805 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
3806 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of
3807 STRING respectively.
3809 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
3810 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
3811 `compose-region' for more detail.
3813 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
3814 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
3815 text in the composition." nil nil)
3817 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
3818 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed." nil nil)
3820 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
3821 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
3822 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
3823 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
3824 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
3825 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
3826 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
3827 `reference-point-alist' for more detail." nil nil)
3829 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
3830 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
3832 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
3833 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
3835 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
3836 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
3838 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
3839 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
3841 If no composition is found, return nil.
3843 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
3844 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
3846 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
3847 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
3848 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
3850 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
3852 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
3854 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
3855 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
3856 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
3858 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
3860 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen." nil nil)
3862 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
3863 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
3865 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
3866 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
3867 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
3868 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
3869 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
3870 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
3871 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
3872 nil.
3874 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
3876 nil -- if no characters were composed.
3877 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
3879 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
3881 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
3882 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
3884 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'." nil nil)
3886 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
3887 Compose last characters.
3888 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
3889 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
3890 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
3891 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
3892 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
3893 and that function find a proper rule to compose the target characters.
3894 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
3895 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
3896 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
3897 after a sequence character events." t nil)
3898 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
3900 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
3901 Convert CHAR to string.
3902 This is only for backward compatibility with Emacs 20.4 and the earlier.
3904 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
3905 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted string, list of CHAR, or
3906 vector of CHAR respectively." nil nil)
3908 ;;;***
3910 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
3911 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (15391 60712))
3912 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
3914 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
3915 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
3916 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
3917 of load, ENDMSG at the end." nil nil)
3919 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
3920 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
3921 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
3922 of load, ENDMSG at the end." nil nil)
3924 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
3925 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
3926 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
3927 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil)
3929 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
3930 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)." nil nil)
3932 ;;;***
3934 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
3935 ;;;;;; (15464 26324))
3936 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
3938 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
3939 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
3940 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
3941 the current year after them. If necessary, and
3942 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
3943 following the copyright are updated as well." t nil)
3945 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
3946 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor." t nil)
3948 ;;;***
3950 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
3951 ;;;;;; (15547 22609))
3952 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
3954 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
3955 Major mode for editing Perl code.
3956 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
3957 Tab indents for Perl code.
3958 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
3959 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
3961 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
3962 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
3963 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
3964 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
3965 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
3966 since most the time you mean \"less\". Cperl mode tries to guess
3967 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
3968 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
3969 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
3970 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
3971 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
3972 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
3974 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
3976 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
3977 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
3979 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
3981 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
3982 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
3983 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
3984 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
3985 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
3986 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
3987 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
3988 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
3989 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
3991 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
3993 bite if angry;
3995 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
3996 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
3997 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
3998 to nil.)
4000 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4001 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4002 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4004 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4006 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4007 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4008 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4009 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4010 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4012 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4014 if (A) { B }
4016 into
4018 B if A;
4020 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4022 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4023 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4024 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4025 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4026 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4027 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4028 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4029 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4030 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4031 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4032 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4033 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4034 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4036 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4037 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4038 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4039 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4040 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4041 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4043 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4044 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4045 man via menu.
4047 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4048 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4049 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4050 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4051 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4053 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4054 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4055 span the needed amount of lines.
4057 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4058 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of pod and
4059 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4060 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4062 Variables controlling indentation style:
4063 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4064 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4065 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4066 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4067 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4068 `cperl-auto-newline'
4069 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4070 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4071 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4072 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4073 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4074 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4075 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4076 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4077 `cperl-indent-level'
4078 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4079 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4080 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4081 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4082 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4083 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4084 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4085 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4086 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4087 `cperl-brace-offset'
4088 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4089 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4090 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4091 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4092 `cperl-label-offset'
4093 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4094 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4095 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4097 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
4098 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
4099 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
4100 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
4101 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
4103 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4104 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4105 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4106 \(both available from menu).
4108 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4109 column 0 is indented on
4110 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4112 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4113 with no args.
4115 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4116 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4117 `cperl-non-problems', `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'." t nil)
4119 ;;;***
4121 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4122 ;;;;;; (15371 46426))
4123 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4125 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
4126 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4127 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4128 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4129 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer." t nil)
4131 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
4132 Edit display information for cpp conditionals." t nil)
4134 ;;;***
4136 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4137 ;;;;;; (15371 46419))
4138 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4140 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4141 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4142 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4143 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4145 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4146 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4148 (custom-add-to-group (quote crisp) (quote crisp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4150 (custom-add-load (quote crisp-mode) (quote crisp))
4152 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
4153 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4154 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise." t nil)
4156 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
4158 ;;;***
4160 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4161 ;;;;;; (15391 60525))
4162 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4164 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
4165 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4166 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4167 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4169 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4170 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4171 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4172 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4174 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4175 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4176 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4178 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4179 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4180 'bob', and 'eve'.
4182 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4183 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4184 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4186 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4188 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4189 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4190 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD." nil nil)
4192 ;;;***
4194 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
4195 ;;;;;; (15568 28316))
4196 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
4198 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
4199 Non-nil means that CUA emulation mode is enabled.
4200 In CUA mode, shifted movement keys highlight and extend the region.
4201 When a region is highlighted, the binding of the C-x and C-c keys are
4202 temporarily changed to work as Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste.
4203 Also, insertion commands first delete the region and then insert.
4204 This mode enables Transient Mark mode and it provides a superset of the
4205 PC Selection Mode and Delete Selection Modes.
4207 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4208 use either \\[customize] or the function `cua-mode'.")
4210 (custom-add-to-group (quote cua) (quote cua-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4212 (custom-add-load (quote cua-mode) (quote cua-base))
4214 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
4215 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
4216 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the region (and
4217 highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'), and typed text replaces
4218 the active selection. C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v will undo, cut, copy, and
4219 paste (in addition to the normal emacs bindings)." t nil)
4221 ;;;***
4223 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
4224 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4225 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4226 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4227 ;;;;;; customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face
4228 ;;;;;; customize-option-other-window customize-changed-options customize-option
4229 ;;;;;; customize-group-other-window customize-group customize customize-save-variable
4230 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
4231 ;;;;;; (15571 26633))
4232 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4233 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
4235 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
4236 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4238 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4239 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4241 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4242 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4244 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
4246 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4247 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
4248 VALUE is a Lisp object.
4250 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4251 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4253 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4254 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4256 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4257 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4259 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4260 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4262 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
4264 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4265 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
4266 Return VALUE.
4268 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4269 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4271 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4272 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4274 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4275 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4277 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4278 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4280 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
4282 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
4283 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4284 User options are structured into \"groups\".
4285 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4286 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden." t nil)
4288 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
4289 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
4291 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4292 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
4294 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
4296 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
4297 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable." t nil)
4299 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
4300 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
4301 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
4302 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
4303 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
4305 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
4306 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
4307 version." t nil)
4309 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
4311 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4312 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4313 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil)
4315 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
4316 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
4317 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces.
4319 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4320 suggest to customized that face, if it's customizable." t nil)
4322 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4323 Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window.
4325 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4326 suggest to customized that face, if it's customizable." t nil)
4328 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
4329 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil)
4331 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
4332 Customize all already saved user options." t nil)
4334 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
4335 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4336 If ALL is `options', include only options.
4337 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
4338 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
4339 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
4340 user-settable, as well as faces and groups." t nil)
4342 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
4343 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4344 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable." t nil)
4346 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
4347 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP." t nil)
4349 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
4350 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP." t nil)
4352 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
4353 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4354 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4355 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4356 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4357 that option." nil nil)
4359 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4360 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4361 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4362 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4363 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4364 that option." nil nil)
4366 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
4367 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy." t nil)
4369 (defvar custom-file nil "\
4370 File used for storing customization information.
4371 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
4372 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
4373 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.
4375 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file
4376 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'
4377 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find)
4378 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.")
4380 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
4381 Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil)
4383 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
4384 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil)
4386 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
4387 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
4388 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
4390 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
4391 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
4392 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
4393 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
4394 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
4396 ;;;***
4398 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face"
4399 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" (15547 22601))
4400 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
4402 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
4403 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil)
4405 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
4406 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
4407 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
4409 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
4411 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE.
4412 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
4413 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
4415 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil)
4417 ;;;***
4419 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
4420 ;;;;;; (15425 28361))
4421 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
4423 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
4424 Mode used for cvs status output." t nil)
4426 ;;;***
4428 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
4429 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (15547 22609))
4430 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
4432 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4433 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
4435 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
4436 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
4437 C++ modes are included.
4439 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
4441 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4442 Turn on CWarn mode.
4444 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
4445 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)" nil nil)
4447 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
4448 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
4449 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4450 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4451 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
4453 (custom-add-to-group (quote cwarn) (quote global-cwarn-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4455 (custom-add-load (quote global-cwarn-mode) (quote cwarn))
4457 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4458 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
4459 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
4460 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
4461 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on." t nil)
4463 ;;;***
4465 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
4466 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
4467 ;;;;;; (15464 26330))
4468 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
4470 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
4471 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
4473 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
4474 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
4476 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
4477 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
4478 For readability, the table is slightly
4479 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
4481 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
4482 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
4483 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
4484 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
4485 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state." t nil)
4487 ;;;***
4489 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
4490 ;;;;;; (15517 64421))
4491 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
4493 (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand))
4495 (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion))
4497 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
4498 Completion on current word.
4499 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
4500 and presents suggestions for completion.
4502 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
4503 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
4504 completions.
4506 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
4507 then it searches *all* buffers.
4509 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
4510 if there is a suitable one already." t nil)
4512 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
4513 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
4515 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
4516 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
4517 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
4518 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
4519 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
4521 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
4522 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
4524 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
4525 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
4526 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
4528 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
4529 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
4531 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil)
4533 ;;;***
4535 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (15391
4536 ;;;;;; 60713))
4537 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
4539 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
4540 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
4542 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
4543 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
4544 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
4546 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
4547 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
4548 Data lines are not indented.
4550 Key bindings:
4552 \\{dcl-mode-map}
4553 Commands not usually bound to keys:
4555 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
4556 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
4557 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
4558 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
4560 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
4562 dcl-basic-offset
4563 Extra indentation within blocks.
4565 dcl-continuation-offset
4566 Extra indentation for continued lines.
4568 dcl-margin-offset
4569 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
4571 dcl-margin-label-offset
4572 Indentation for a label.
4574 dcl-comment-line-regexp
4575 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
4577 dcl-block-begin-regexp
4578 dcl-block-end-regexp
4579 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
4580 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
4581 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
4582 make it possible to define other places to indent.
4583 Set to nil to disable this feature.
4585 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
4586 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
4587 Two such functions are included in the package:
4588 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
4589 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
4591 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
4592 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
4593 One such function is included in the package:
4594 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
4596 dcl-tab-always-indent
4597 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
4598 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
4599 margin.
4601 dcl-electric-characters
4602 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
4603 typed.
4605 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
4606 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
4607 which words trigger electric indentation.
4609 dcl-tempo-comma
4610 dcl-tempo-left-paren
4611 dcl-tempo-right-paren
4612 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
4614 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
4615 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
4616 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
4617 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
4619 dcl-imenu-label-labels
4620 dcl-imenu-label-goto
4621 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
4622 dcl-imenu-label-call
4623 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
4625 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
4626 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
4627 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
4628 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
4631 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
4633 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
4634 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
4635 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
4636 $ i = 1
4637 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
4638 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
4639 $ label:
4640 $ if i.eq.1
4641 $ then
4642 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
4643 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
4644 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
4645 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
4646 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
4647 \"lined up with the command line\"
4648 $ type sys$input
4649 Data lines are not indented at all.
4650 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
4651 $ endif
4653 " t nil)
4655 ;;;***
4657 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
4658 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (15547 22605))
4659 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
4661 (setq debugger (quote debug))
4663 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
4664 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
4665 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
4666 of the evaluator.
4668 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
4669 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
4670 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil)
4672 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
4673 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
4674 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
4675 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
4676 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
4677 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
4678 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil)
4680 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
4681 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
4682 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil)
4684 ;;;***
4686 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
4687 ;;;;;; (15400 1479))
4688 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
4690 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
4691 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil)
4693 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
4694 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
4695 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
4696 Upper-case letters are commands.
4698 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
4699 modify it.
4701 The most useful commands are:
4702 \\<decipher-mode-map>
4703 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
4704 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
4705 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
4706 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
4707 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil)
4709 ;;;***
4711 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
4712 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (15371
4713 ;;;;;; 46415))
4714 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
4716 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
4717 Customization of `columns' group." t nil)
4719 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
4720 Prettify all columns in a text region.
4722 START and END delimits the text region." t nil)
4724 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
4725 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
4727 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle." t nil)
4729 ;;;***
4731 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (15391
4732 ;;;;;; 60713))
4733 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
4735 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
4736 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
4737 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
4738 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
4739 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
4740 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
4742 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
4744 Customization:
4746 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
4747 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
4748 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
4749 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
4750 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
4751 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
4752 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
4753 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
4754 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4755 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
4756 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
4757 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
4758 blank line.
4759 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
4760 Directories to search when finding external units.
4761 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
4762 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
4764 Coloring:
4766 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
4767 Face used to color delphi comments.
4768 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
4769 Face used to color delphi strings.
4770 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
4771 Face used to color delphi keywords.
4772 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
4773 Face used to color everything else.
4775 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
4776 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
4778 ;;;***
4780 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (15371
4781 ;;;;;; 46415))
4782 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
4784 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
4786 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
4787 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
4788 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4789 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4790 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
4792 (custom-add-to-group (quote editing-basics) (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4794 (custom-add-load (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote delsel))
4796 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
4797 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
4798 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
4799 positive.
4801 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
4802 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
4803 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
4804 any selection." t nil)
4806 ;;;***
4808 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
4809 ;;;;;; "derived" "derived.el" (15400 1471))
4810 ;;; Generated autoloads from derived.el
4812 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
4813 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
4815 The arguments to this command are as follow:
4817 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
4818 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
4819 or nil if there is no parent.
4820 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
4821 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
4822 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
4823 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
4824 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
4826 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
4828 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
4830 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
4831 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
4832 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
4834 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
4835 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
4837 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
4838 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
4839 (setq case-fold-search nil))
4841 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
4842 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap." nil (quote macro))
4844 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
4845 Initialise variables for a new MODE.
4846 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
4847 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
4848 the first time the mode is used." nil nil)
4850 ;;;***
4852 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-text-at) "descr-text" "descr-text.el"
4853 ;;;;;; (15568 22302))
4854 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
4856 (autoload (quote describe-text-at) "descr-text" "\
4857 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS." t nil)
4859 ;;;***
4861 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el"
4862 ;;;;;; (15505 59085))
4863 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
4865 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
4866 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies.
4867 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode." t nil)
4869 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
4870 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
4871 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file
4872 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files." nil nil)
4874 ;;;***
4876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (15417
4877 ;;;;;; 7424))
4878 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
4880 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
4882 ;;;***
4884 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el"
4885 ;;;;;; (15557 64393))
4886 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
4888 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
4889 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
4890 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
4891 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
4892 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil)
4894 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
4895 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
4896 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
4898 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
4899 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
4900 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
4901 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
4903 #!/bin/sh
4904 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
4905 emacs -batch \\
4906 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
4907 european-calendar-style t \\
4908 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
4909 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
4910 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
4912 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
4913 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
4914 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
4915 to run it every morning at 1am." t nil)
4917 ;;;***
4919 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
4920 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (15371 46416))
4921 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
4923 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
4924 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
4926 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
4927 *The command to use to run diff.")
4929 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
4930 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
4931 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
4932 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
4933 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches." t nil)
4935 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
4936 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
4937 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
4938 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
4939 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil)
4941 ;;;***
4943 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
4944 ;;;;;; (15417 7386))
4945 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
4947 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4948 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4949 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
4950 normal diffs.
4951 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary." t nil)
4953 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4954 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4955 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
4957 ;;;***
4959 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
4960 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
4961 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
4962 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
4963 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (15558 40889))
4964 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
4966 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
4967 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
4968 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
4969 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
4970 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
4971 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
4972 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
4973 `insert-directory' on ls-lisp.el for more details.")
4975 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
4976 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
4978 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
4979 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
4980 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
4981 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
4982 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
4984 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
4985 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
4987 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
4988 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
4989 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
4990 always set this variable to t.")
4992 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
4993 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
4994 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
4995 A value of t means move to first file.")
4997 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
4998 *Controls marking of renamed files.
4999 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
5000 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
5001 are afterward marked with that character.")
5003 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
5004 *Controls marking of copied files.
5005 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
5006 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5008 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
5009 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
5010 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
5011 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5013 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
5014 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
5015 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
5016 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5018 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
5019 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
5020 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
5021 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
5023 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
5025 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
5026 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
5027 \(This works on only some systems.)")
5028 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
5030 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
5031 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
5032 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
5033 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
5034 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
5035 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
5036 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
5037 list of files to make directory entries for.
5038 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
5039 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
5040 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
5041 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
5043 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil)
5044 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
5046 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
5047 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil)
5048 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
5050 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
5051 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil)
5053 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
5054 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil)
5056 ;;;***
5058 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
5059 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
5060 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
5061 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
5062 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
5063 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
5064 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
5065 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
5066 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
5067 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
5068 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
5069 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux"
5070 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (15551 61808))
5071 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
5073 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
5074 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
5075 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
5076 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
5077 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
5078 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
5079 which is options for `diff'." t nil)
5081 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
5082 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
5083 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
5084 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
5085 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
5086 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'." t nil)
5088 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
5089 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
5090 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed." t nil)
5092 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
5093 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
5095 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
5096 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
5098 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
5099 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
5100 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
5101 `lpr-switches' as default." t nil)
5103 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
5104 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
5105 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
5106 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
5107 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
5109 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
5110 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
5112 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
5113 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
5114 file name substituted for `?'.
5116 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
5117 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
5119 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
5120 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
5121 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
5122 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
5124 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
5126 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
5127 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
5128 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
5130 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
5131 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
5132 in a subdir.
5134 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
5135 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument." t nil)
5137 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
5138 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
5139 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
5140 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
5141 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
5142 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter)." t nil)
5144 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5146 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
5147 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
5149 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
5150 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
5152 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
5153 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
5155 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
5156 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
5157 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
5158 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing." t nil)
5160 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5162 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5164 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5166 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5168 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5170 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
5171 Create a directory called DIRECTORY." t nil)
5173 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
5174 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
5175 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
5176 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
5177 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
5178 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
5179 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
5180 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
5181 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
5183 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
5184 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
5185 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
5186 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
5187 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
5188 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
5189 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
5190 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
5192 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
5193 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
5194 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
5195 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
5196 and new hard links are made in that directory
5197 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
5198 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
5199 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
5201 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
5202 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
5203 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
5204 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
5205 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
5206 of `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
5208 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5209 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5211 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
5212 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
5213 file if none are marked.
5215 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
5216 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
5217 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
5218 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
5220 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
5221 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed." t nil)
5223 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5224 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5225 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
5227 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5228 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5229 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
5231 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5232 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5233 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
5235 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
5236 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case." t nil)
5238 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
5239 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case." t nil)
5241 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5242 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
5243 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
5244 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
5245 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
5246 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
5247 this subdirectory.
5248 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
5250 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5251 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
5252 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
5253 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
5254 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
5255 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
5256 this subdirectory.
5257 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
5259 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5260 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
5261 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line." t nil)
5263 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5264 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
5265 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
5266 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden." t nil)
5268 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
5269 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
5270 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
5271 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in." t nil)
5273 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5274 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
5275 Lower levels are unaffected." t nil)
5277 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
5278 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree." t nil)
5280 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
5281 Go down in the dired tree." t nil)
5283 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5284 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
5285 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
5286 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories." t nil)
5288 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
5289 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
5290 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
5291 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory." t nil)
5293 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
5294 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
5295 Stops when a match is found.
5296 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
5298 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5299 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
5300 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
5301 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
5302 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
5304 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
5305 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
5306 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
5307 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead." t nil)
5309 ;;;***
5311 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (15425 28361))
5312 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
5314 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
5315 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
5316 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
5317 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
5318 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
5319 buffer and try again." t nil)
5321 ;;;***
5323 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (15371 46416))
5324 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
5326 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
5327 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
5328 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
5330 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
5332 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
5333 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
5335 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
5336 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
5337 " nil nil)
5339 ;;;***
5341 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (15371
5342 ;;;;;; 46419))
5343 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
5345 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
5346 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
5347 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
5348 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
5349 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
5350 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil)
5352 ;;;***
5354 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
5355 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
5356 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
5357 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
5358 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (15391 60508))
5359 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
5361 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5362 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil)
5364 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
5365 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
5366 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
5367 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
5368 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
5370 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
5371 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
5372 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
5373 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
5374 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
5376 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5377 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer." nil nil)
5379 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5380 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil)
5382 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
5383 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil)
5385 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
5386 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil)
5388 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
5389 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil)
5391 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
5392 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
5393 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
5394 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil)
5396 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
5397 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
5398 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
5399 X frame." nil nil)
5401 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
5402 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil)
5404 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
5405 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal." nil nil)
5407 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
5408 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
5410 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
5411 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
5412 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
5413 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
5415 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
5416 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
5417 European character display.
5419 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
5420 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
5421 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
5422 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
5424 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
5425 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
5426 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
5427 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
5428 for users who call this function in `.emacs'." nil nil)
5430 ;;;***
5432 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
5433 ;;;;;; (15371 46425))
5434 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
5436 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
5437 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
5438 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
5439 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
5440 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
5441 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
5442 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
5443 Default is 2." t nil)
5445 ;;;***
5447 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (15371 46425))
5448 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
5450 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
5451 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil)
5453 ;;;***
5455 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
5456 ;;;;;; (15371 46415))
5457 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
5459 (defvar double-mode nil "\
5460 Toggle Double mode.
5461 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5462 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
5464 (custom-add-to-group (quote double) (quote double-mode) (quote custom-variable))
5466 (custom-add-load (quote double-mode) (quote double))
5468 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
5469 Toggle Double mode.
5470 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
5472 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
5473 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details." t nil)
5475 ;;;***
5477 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (15371 46425))
5478 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
5480 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
5481 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil)
5483 ;;;***
5485 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
5486 ;;;;;; (15371 46420))
5487 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
5489 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
5490 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil)
5492 ;;;***
5494 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
5495 ;;;;;; easy-mmode-define-global-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
5496 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (15505 59087))
5497 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
5499 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
5501 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
5502 Define a new minor mode MODE.
5503 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
5504 toggle command MODE, and hook MODE-hook.
5506 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
5507 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
5508 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
5509 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
5510 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
5511 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
5512 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
5513 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
5514 used (see below).
5516 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
5517 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks.
5518 BODY can start with a list of CL-style keys specifying additional arguments.
5519 The following keyword arguments are supported:
5520 :group Followed by the group name to use for any generated `defcustom'.
5521 :global If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
5522 buffer-local. By default, the variable is made buffer-local.
5523 :init-value Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
5524 :lighter Same as the LIGHTER argument." nil (quote macro))
5526 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
5527 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
5528 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
5529 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
5530 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments:
5531 :group to specify the custom group." nil (quote macro))
5533 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
5534 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
5535 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
5536 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
5537 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
5538 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
5539 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
5541 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" nil nil (quote macro))
5543 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
5544 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
5545 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX)." nil (quote macro))
5547 ;;;***
5549 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
5550 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (15563
5551 ;;;;;; 27270))
5552 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
5554 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
5556 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
5557 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
5558 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value
5559 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL.
5561 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
5562 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
5564 :filter FUNCTION
5566 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
5567 menu displayed.
5569 :visible INCLUDE
5571 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
5572 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
5574 :active ENABLE
5576 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
5577 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5579 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
5581 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
5583 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
5585 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
5586 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
5588 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
5589 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5591 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
5593 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
5595 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
5597 :keys KEYS
5599 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
5600 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
5601 computed automatically.
5602 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
5604 :key-sequence KEYS
5606 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
5607 menu item.
5608 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
5609 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
5610 keyboard equivalent.
5612 :active ENABLE
5614 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
5615 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5617 :included INCLUDE
5619 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
5620 expression has a non-nil value.
5622 :suffix FORM
5624 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
5625 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
5627 :style STYLE
5629 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
5630 defined:
5632 toggle: A checkbox.
5633 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
5634 radio: A radio button.
5635 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
5636 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
5637 menu bar itself.
5638 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
5640 :selected SELECTED
5642 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
5643 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5645 :help HELP
5647 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
5649 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
5650 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
5651 as a solid horizontal line.
5653 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu." nil (quote macro))
5655 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" nil nil nil)
5657 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
5658 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
5659 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
5660 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
5662 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
5663 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
5664 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
5665 should contain a submenu named NAME.
5666 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
5667 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
5669 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
5670 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
5671 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
5673 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
5674 to implement dynamic menus." nil nil)
5676 ;;;***
5678 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
5679 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup
5680 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
5681 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
5682 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (15371 46426))
5683 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
5685 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
5686 Customization for ebnf group." t nil)
5688 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5689 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
5691 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
5692 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
5693 it to the printer.
5695 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
5696 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
5697 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
5698 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
5700 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5701 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region.
5702 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
5704 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5705 Generate and spool a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
5706 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
5707 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
5709 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
5711 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5712 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region and spool locally.
5713 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
5715 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
5717 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5718 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
5720 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
5721 The EPS file name has the following form:
5723 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
5725 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
5726 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
5728 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
5729 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
5730 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
5731 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
5733 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
5735 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5736 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
5738 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
5739 The EPS file name has the following form:
5741 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
5743 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
5744 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
5746 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
5747 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
5748 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
5749 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
5751 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
5753 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
5755 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5756 Does a syntatic analysis of the current buffer." t nil)
5758 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5759 Does a syntatic analysis of a region." t nil)
5761 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
5762 Return the current ebnf2ps setup." nil nil)
5764 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5765 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES." t nil)
5767 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5768 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES." t nil)
5770 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5771 Set STYLE to current style.
5773 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5775 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5776 Reset current style.
5778 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5780 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5781 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style.
5783 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5785 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5786 Pop a style and set it to current style.
5788 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5790 ;;;***
5792 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
5793 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
5794 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
5795 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-loop-continue ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol
5796 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-choose-tree ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse"
5797 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (15505 59091))
5798 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
5800 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
5801 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
5802 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
5803 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
5804 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
5805 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
5807 Tree mode key bindings:
5808 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}" t nil)
5810 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
5811 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled." t nil)
5813 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
5814 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
5815 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
5816 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
5817 completion." t nil)
5819 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
5820 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
5821 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
5822 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over." t nil)
5824 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
5825 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
5826 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only." t nil)
5828 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
5829 Search for call sites of a member.
5830 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
5831 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
5832 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
5833 looks like a function call to the member." t nil)
5835 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
5836 Move backward in the position stack.
5837 Prefix arg ARG says how much." t nil)
5839 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
5840 Move forward in the position stack.
5841 Prefix arg ARG says how much." t nil)
5843 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
5844 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer." t nil)
5846 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
5847 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from." t nil)
5849 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
5850 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
5851 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
5852 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in." t nil)
5854 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
5855 Display statistics for a class tree." t nil)
5857 ;;;***
5859 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
5860 ;;;;;; (15371 46415))
5861 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
5863 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
5864 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
5865 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
5866 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
5868 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
5869 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
5870 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
5872 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
5873 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
5874 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
5876 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
5878 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil)
5880 ;;;***
5882 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
5883 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (15371 46415))
5884 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
5886 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
5887 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
5888 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil)
5890 ;;;***
5892 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
5893 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (15547 22605))
5894 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
5896 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
5897 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
5898 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
5899 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
5900 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
5902 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
5903 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
5904 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
5905 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
5907 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
5908 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
5909 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
5910 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
5912 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
5913 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
5914 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
5915 \(naming a function), or a list." nil (quote macro))
5917 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
5919 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
5920 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro.
5921 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug.
5922 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is,
5923 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil)
5925 ;;;***
5927 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
5928 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
5929 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
5930 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
5931 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
5932 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
5933 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
5934 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
5935 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3
5936 ;;;;;; ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (15517 64421))
5937 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
5939 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
5940 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil)
5942 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
5943 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil)
5945 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
5947 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
5949 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
5950 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil)
5952 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
5954 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
5955 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil)
5957 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
5959 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
5960 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
5961 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
5962 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5964 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
5966 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
5967 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
5968 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5969 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5971 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
5973 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
5974 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
5975 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular
5976 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5978 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
5980 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
5981 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
5982 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
5983 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5985 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
5987 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5988 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
5989 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
5990 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
5991 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
5992 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5994 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
5995 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
5996 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5997 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5999 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
6001 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
6002 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
6003 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
6004 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
6006 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
6008 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
6010 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
6011 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
6012 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
6013 follows:
6014 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
6015 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
6017 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
6018 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
6019 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
6020 follows:
6021 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
6022 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
6024 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
6025 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
6026 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
6027 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
6028 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
6029 region.
6030 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
6031 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil)
6033 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
6034 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
6035 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
6036 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
6037 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
6038 region.
6039 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
6040 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
6041 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil)
6043 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
6045 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
6046 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil)
6048 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
6049 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil)
6051 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
6053 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
6054 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil)
6056 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
6057 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil)
6059 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
6060 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
6061 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
6062 buffer." t nil)
6064 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
6065 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
6066 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
6067 buffer." t nil)
6069 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
6070 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
6071 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
6072 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil)
6074 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
6075 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
6076 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
6077 and don't ask the user.
6078 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
6079 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file." t nil)
6081 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
6082 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME.
6083 Without prefix argument: asks if the patch is in some buffer and prompts for
6084 the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
6085 With prefix arg=1: assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
6086 With prefix arg=2: assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer." t nil)
6088 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
6090 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
6092 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
6093 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
6094 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
6095 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
6096 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil)
6098 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
6100 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
6101 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
6102 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil)
6104 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
6105 Display Ediff's manual.
6106 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil)
6108 ;;;***
6110 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
6111 ;;;;;; (15425 28361))
6112 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
6114 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" nil t nil)
6116 ;;;***
6118 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
6119 ;;;;;; (15517 64421))
6120 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
6122 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
6123 Display Ediff's registry." t nil)
6125 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
6127 ;;;***
6129 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
6130 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (15549 60238))
6131 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
6133 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
6134 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
6135 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
6136 which see." t nil)
6138 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
6139 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
6140 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
6141 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil)
6143 ;;;***
6145 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
6146 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
6147 ;;;;;; (15371 46415))
6148 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
6149 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro)
6151 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
6152 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
6153 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
6155 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
6156 Edit a keyboard macro.
6157 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
6158 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
6159 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
6160 its command name.
6161 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil)
6163 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
6164 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil)
6166 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
6167 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil)
6169 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
6170 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
6171 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
6172 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
6173 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
6174 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
6176 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
6177 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
6178 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
6179 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil)
6181 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
6182 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
6183 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
6184 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
6185 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
6186 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil)
6188 ;;;***
6190 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
6191 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (15427 61507))
6192 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
6194 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
6195 Set scroll margins.
6196 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
6197 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window." t nil)
6199 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
6200 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil)
6202 ;;;***
6204 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
6205 ;;;;;; (15371 46415))
6206 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
6208 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
6209 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
6210 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
6211 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
6212 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
6213 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
6214 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
6215 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
6217 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
6218 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
6220 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
6221 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
6222 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
6223 this value is non-nil.
6225 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
6226 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
6227 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
6229 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
6230 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
6231 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil)
6233 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" nil nil nil)
6235 ;;;***
6237 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
6238 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (15425 28363))
6239 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
6241 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
6242 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
6244 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
6245 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
6246 Show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
6248 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
6249 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
6250 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
6251 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
6252 from the documentation string if possible.
6254 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
6255 instead.
6257 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
6259 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
6260 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil)
6262 ;;;***
6264 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (15371
6265 ;;;;;; 46415))
6266 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
6268 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
6269 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
6271 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
6272 an elided material again.
6274 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hooks' or appropriate mode hooks." t nil)
6276 ;;;***
6278 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
6279 ;;;;;; (15417 7421))
6280 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
6282 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
6283 Initialize elint." t nil)
6285 ;;;***
6287 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
6288 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (15417
6289 ;;;;;; 7421))
6290 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
6292 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
6293 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
6294 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil)
6296 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
6297 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
6298 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil)
6300 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
6301 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
6302 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
6304 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil)
6306 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
6307 Display current profiling results.
6308 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
6309 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
6310 displayed." t nil)
6312 ;;;***
6314 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
6315 ;;;;;; (15566 54822))
6316 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
6318 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
6319 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
6320 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil)
6322 ;;;***
6324 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
6325 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
6326 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
6327 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
6328 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (15417 7388))
6329 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
6331 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
6333 (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu)))
6335 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories)))
6337 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor)))
6339 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions)))
6341 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor)))
6343 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files)))
6345 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor)))
6347 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers)))
6349 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
6350 Run Emerge on two files." t nil)
6352 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6353 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil)
6355 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
6356 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil)
6358 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6359 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil)
6361 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6363 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6365 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6367 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6369 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
6370 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil)
6372 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6373 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil)
6375 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" nil t nil)
6377 ;;;***
6379 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
6380 ;;;;;; (15547 22607))
6381 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
6383 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
6384 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
6385 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
6386 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6387 use either \\[customize] or the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.")
6389 (custom-add-to-group (quote encoded-kbd) (quote encoded-kbd-mode) (quote custom-variable))
6391 (custom-add-load (quote encoded-kbd-mode) (quote encoded-kb))
6393 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
6394 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
6395 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
6397 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
6398 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
6399 automatically.
6401 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
6402 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
6403 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system]." t nil)
6405 ;;;***
6407 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
6408 ;;;;;; "enriched" "enriched.el" (15547 22601))
6409 ;;; Generated autoloads from enriched.el
6411 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
6412 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
6413 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
6414 text/enriched format.
6415 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
6417 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
6418 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
6420 Commands:
6422 \\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil)
6424 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
6426 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
6428 ;;;***
6430 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (15472
6431 ;;;;;; 20892))
6432 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
6434 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
6435 Emacs shell interactive mode.
6437 \\{eshell-mode-map}" nil nil)
6439 ;;;***
6441 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (15472
6442 ;;;;;; 20892))
6443 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
6445 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
6446 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected." t nil)
6448 ;;;***
6450 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
6451 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (15472 20892))
6452 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
6454 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
6455 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
6456 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
6457 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
6458 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
6459 will begin. A new session is always created if the prefix
6460 argument ARG is specified. Returns the buffer selected (or created)." t nil)
6462 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
6463 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
6464 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point." t nil)
6466 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
6467 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
6468 The result might be any Lisp object.
6469 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
6470 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
6471 corresponding to a successful execution." nil nil)
6473 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
6474 Report a bug in Eshell.
6475 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
6476 Please include any configuration details that might be involved." t nil)
6478 ;;;***
6480 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
6481 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
6482 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
6483 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table
6484 ;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
6485 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
6486 ;;;;;; (15547 22609))
6487 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
6489 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
6490 *File name of tags table.
6491 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
6492 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
6493 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
6494 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
6496 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
6497 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
6498 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
6499 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
6501 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
6502 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
6503 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
6504 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
6505 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
6506 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
6508 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
6509 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
6510 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
6511 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
6512 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
6513 `auto-compression-mode').")
6515 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
6516 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
6517 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
6518 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
6519 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
6521 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
6522 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
6523 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
6524 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
6526 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
6527 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
6528 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
6529 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
6530 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
6532 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
6533 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
6534 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
6535 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
6537 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
6538 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
6539 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
6540 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
6541 file the tag was in." t nil)
6543 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
6544 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
6545 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
6546 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
6547 without directory names." nil nil)
6549 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
6550 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6551 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
6552 but does not select the buffer.
6553 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
6555 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6556 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6557 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6558 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
6559 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6561 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6563 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6564 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6565 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6567 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6569 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
6570 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6571 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
6572 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
6574 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6575 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6576 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6577 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
6578 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6580 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6582 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6583 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6584 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6586 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6587 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
6589 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
6590 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6591 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
6592 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
6593 around or before point.
6595 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6596 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6597 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6598 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6599 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6601 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6603 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6604 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6605 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6607 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6608 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
6610 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
6611 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6612 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
6613 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
6614 around or before point.
6616 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6617 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6618 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6619 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6620 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6622 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6624 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6625 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6626 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6628 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6629 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
6631 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
6632 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
6633 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
6635 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6636 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6637 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6638 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6639 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6641 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
6643 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6644 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6645 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6647 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6648 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
6649 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
6651 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
6652 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
6654 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
6655 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
6656 where they were found." t nil)
6658 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
6659 Select next file among files in current tags table.
6661 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
6662 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
6663 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
6665 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
6666 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
6668 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
6669 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil)
6671 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
6672 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
6673 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
6674 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
6676 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
6677 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
6678 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
6679 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
6680 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil)
6681 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
6683 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
6684 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
6685 Stops when a match is found.
6686 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6688 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6690 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
6691 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
6692 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6693 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
6694 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6696 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6698 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
6699 Display list of tags in file FILE.
6700 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
6701 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
6702 directory specification." t nil)
6704 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
6705 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches." t nil)
6707 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
6708 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
6709 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
6710 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list." t nil)
6712 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
6713 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
6714 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
6715 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
6716 for \\[find-tag] (which see)." t nil)
6718 ;;;***
6720 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
6721 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
6722 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
6723 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
6724 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
6725 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
6726 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
6727 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (15400 1477))
6728 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
6730 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" nil nil nil)
6732 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
6733 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
6734 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
6735 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6737 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
6738 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
6739 language.
6741 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
6742 even if the buffer is read-only.
6744 See also the descriptions of the variables
6745 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
6746 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
6748 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6749 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
6751 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6752 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6754 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
6755 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
6756 language.
6758 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
6759 buffer is read-only.
6761 See also the descriptions of the variables
6762 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
6763 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
6765 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6766 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
6767 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
6769 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
6770 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
6772 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
6773 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
6775 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
6776 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'." t nil)
6778 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6779 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
6780 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
6781 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
6783 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
6784 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
6785 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6786 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6788 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
6789 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
6790 the primary language.
6792 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
6793 buffer is read-only.
6795 See also the descriptions of the variables
6796 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
6797 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
6799 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6800 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
6801 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6802 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6804 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
6805 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
6806 primary language.
6808 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
6809 buffer is read-only.
6811 See also the descriptions of the variables
6812 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
6813 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
6815 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6816 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
6817 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
6819 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
6820 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
6822 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
6823 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
6824 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
6825 3) convert the body into SERA.
6827 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too." t nil)
6829 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6830 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
6831 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
6833 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
6834 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor." t nil)
6836 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
6837 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
6839 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
6840 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
6841 be 1, 2, or 3.
6843 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
6844 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
6845 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
6847 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region." t nil)
6849 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
6850 Allow the user to input special characters." t nil)
6852 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6853 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
6854 Each command is always surrounded by braces." t nil)
6856 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6857 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars." t nil)
6859 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6860 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
6862 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
6863 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
6865 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
6866 Otherwise, [0-9A-F]." nil nil)
6868 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6869 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters." nil nil)
6871 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
6872 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix." nil nil)
6874 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
6875 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension." nil nil)
6877 ;;;***
6879 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
6880 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
6881 ;;;;;; (15441 20096))
6882 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
6884 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
6885 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
6886 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
6887 server for future sessions." t nil)
6889 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
6890 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
6892 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
6893 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
6895 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
6896 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
6897 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
6898 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
6899 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
6900 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
6901 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
6902 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
6903 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
6904 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
6905 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
6906 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'" t nil)
6908 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
6909 Display a form to query the directory server.
6910 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
6911 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form." t nil)
6913 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
6914 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
6915 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect." t nil)
6917 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
6919 ;;;***
6921 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
6922 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
6923 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (15441 20096))
6924 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
6926 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
6927 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA." nil nil)
6929 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
6930 Display URL and make it clickable." nil nil)
6932 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\
6933 Display e-mail address and make it clickable." nil nil)
6935 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
6936 Display a button to play the sound DATA." nil nil)
6938 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
6939 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible." nil nil)
6941 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
6942 Display a button for the JPEG DATA." nil nil)
6944 ;;;***
6946 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
6947 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (15441 20096))
6948 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
6950 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
6951 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
6952 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer." t nil)
6954 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
6955 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record." t nil)
6957 ;;;***
6959 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
6960 ;;;;;; (15441 20096))
6961 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
6963 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
6964 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer." t nil)
6966 ;;;***
6968 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
6969 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-find)
6970 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (15371 46426))
6971 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
6973 (autoload (quote executable-find) "executable" "\
6974 Search for COMMAND in `exec-path' and return the absolute file name.
6975 Return nil if COMMAND is not found anywhere in `exec-path'." nil nil)
6977 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
6978 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
6979 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
6980 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
6981 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
6982 executable." t nil)
6984 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
6985 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
6986 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil)
6988 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
6989 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
6990 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
6991 file modes." nil nil)
6993 ;;;***
6995 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
6996 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (15391 60510))
6997 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
6999 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
7000 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
7001 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
7002 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
7004 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
7006 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
7007 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
7008 to generate such functions.
7010 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
7011 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
7012 beginning of the expanded text.
7014 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
7015 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
7016 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
7017 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
7019 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text." nil nil)
7021 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
7022 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
7023 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
7025 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
7026 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
7027 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
7028 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
7029 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
7031 ;;;***
7033 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (15568 32039))
7034 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
7036 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
7037 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
7039 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
7040 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
7041 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
7043 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
7045 Key definitions:
7046 \\{f90-mode-map}
7048 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
7050 `f90-do-indent'
7051 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
7052 `f90-if-indent'
7053 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
7054 `f90-type-indent'
7055 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
7056 `f90-program-indent'
7057 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
7058 (default 2).
7059 `f90-continuation-indent'
7060 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
7061 `f90-comment-region'
7062 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
7063 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
7064 `f90-indented-comment-re'
7065 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
7066 (default \"!\").
7067 `f90-directive-comment-re'
7068 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
7069 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
7070 `f90-break-delimiters'
7071 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
7072 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
7073 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
7074 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
7075 (default t).
7076 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
7077 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
7078 `f90-smart-end'
7079 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
7080 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
7081 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
7082 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
7083 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
7084 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
7085 `f90-leave-line-no'
7086 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
7087 `f90-keywords-re'
7088 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
7090 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
7091 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
7093 ;;;***
7095 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
7096 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
7097 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
7098 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
7099 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (15566 54821))
7100 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
7101 (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap)
7102 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
7104 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
7105 Menu keymap for faces.")
7107 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
7109 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
7110 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
7112 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
7114 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
7115 Menu keymap for background colors.")
7117 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
7119 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
7120 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
7122 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
7124 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
7125 Submenu for text justification commands.")
7127 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
7129 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
7130 Submenu for indentation commands.")
7132 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
7134 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
7135 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
7137 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
7139 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Text") (quote describe-text-at))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
7141 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
7143 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
7145 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
7146 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
7147 This adds FACE to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
7148 will not show through at all will be removed.
7150 Interactively, reads the face name with the minibuffer.
7152 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
7153 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
7154 requested face.
7156 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
7157 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
7158 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
7160 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
7161 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
7162 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
7164 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
7165 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
7166 requested face.
7168 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
7169 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
7170 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
7172 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
7173 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
7174 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
7176 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
7177 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
7178 requested face.
7180 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
7181 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
7182 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
7184 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
7185 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
7186 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
7187 is the menu item's name.
7189 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
7190 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
7191 requested face.
7193 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
7194 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
7195 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
7197 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
7198 Make the region invisible.
7199 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
7200 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
7202 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
7203 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
7204 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
7205 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
7207 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
7208 Make the region unmodifiable.
7209 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
7210 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
7212 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
7213 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties." t nil)
7215 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
7216 Remove all text properties from the region." t nil)
7218 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
7219 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
7220 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil)
7222 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
7223 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil)
7225 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
7226 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
7227 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
7228 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
7229 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil)
7231 ;;;***
7233 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
7234 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (15391 60510))
7235 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
7237 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
7238 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
7239 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
7240 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
7242 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
7244 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
7245 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
7246 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
7248 Font Lock caches may be saved:
7249 - When you save the file's buffer.
7250 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
7251 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
7252 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
7253 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
7255 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
7257 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
7258 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
7259 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
7260 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil)
7262 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
7263 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil)
7265 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
7267 ;;;***
7269 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
7270 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
7271 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (15441 20095))
7272 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
7274 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
7275 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
7276 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
7277 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing." nil nil)
7279 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
7280 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts." t nil)
7282 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
7283 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
7284 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
7285 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt." t nil)
7287 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
7288 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
7289 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
7290 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
7291 backup file names and the like)." t nil)
7293 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
7294 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
7295 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
7296 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
7297 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
7298 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
7299 internally by feedmail):
7301 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
7302 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
7303 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
7304 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
7306 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
7307 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
7308 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
7309 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
7310 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil." t nil)
7312 ;;;***
7314 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
7315 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (15576 11370))
7316 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
7318 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
7319 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
7320 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
7321 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
7322 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
7323 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
7324 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'." t nil)
7326 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
7327 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
7328 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
7329 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
7330 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
7331 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
7332 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
7334 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version." t nil)
7336 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
7338 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
7339 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
7340 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
7341 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
7342 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
7343 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'." t nil)
7345 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
7346 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
7347 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
7348 Return value:
7349 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
7350 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
7351 * otherwise, nil" t nil)
7353 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
7354 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'." t nil)
7356 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
7357 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'." t nil)
7359 ;;;***
7361 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
7362 ;;;;;; (15567 1421))
7363 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
7365 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
7366 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
7367 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
7368 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
7369 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
7370 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
7371 \(directories) is done." t nil)
7372 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7373 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7374 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7376 ;;;***
7378 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
7379 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (15561 53007))
7380 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
7382 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
7383 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
7384 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
7385 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
7386 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
7388 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
7389 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
7390 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
7391 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
7393 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
7394 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
7395 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7397 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
7399 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
7400 as the final argument." t nil)
7402 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
7403 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
7404 and run dired on those files.
7405 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
7406 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7408 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls" t nil)
7410 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
7411 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
7412 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7414 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
7416 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options." t nil)
7418 ;;;***
7420 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
7421 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
7422 ;;;;;; (15561 53007))
7423 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
7425 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
7426 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
7427 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
7429 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window." t nil)
7431 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
7432 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
7433 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
7435 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
7436 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
7438 Variables of interest include:
7440 - `ff-case-fold-search'
7441 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
7442 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
7444 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
7445 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
7446 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
7448 - `ff-ignore-include'
7449 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
7451 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
7452 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
7454 - `ff-quiet-mode'
7455 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
7457 - `ff-special-constructs'
7458 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
7459 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
7460 extracting the filename from that construct.
7462 - `ff-other-file-alist'
7463 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
7465 - `ff-search-directories'
7466 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
7467 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
7469 - `ff-pre-find-hooks'
7470 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
7472 - `ff-pre-load-hooks'
7473 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
7475 - `ff-post-load-hooks'
7476 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
7478 - `ff-not-found-hooks'
7479 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
7481 - `ff-file-created-hooks'
7482 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created." t nil)
7484 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
7485 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
7487 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
7488 Visit the file you click on in another window." t nil)
7490 ;;;***
7492 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
7493 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
7494 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
7495 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
7496 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect) "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el"
7497 ;;;;;; (15574 61955))
7498 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
7500 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
7501 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
7503 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
7504 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
7505 not selected.
7507 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
7508 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
7509 in `load-path'." nil nil)
7511 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
7512 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
7514 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
7515 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
7516 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
7517 it is one of the current buffers.
7519 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
7520 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
7521 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
7523 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
7524 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
7526 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
7528 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
7529 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
7531 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
7533 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
7534 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
7536 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
7537 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
7538 not selected.
7540 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
7541 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'." nil nil)
7543 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
7544 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
7546 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
7547 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
7548 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
7549 it is one of the current buffers.
7551 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
7552 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
7553 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
7555 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
7556 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
7558 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
7560 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
7561 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
7563 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
7565 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
7566 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
7567 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer." t nil)
7569 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
7570 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
7572 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
7573 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
7575 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
7576 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions." nil nil)
7578 ;;;***
7580 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
7581 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (15371 46415))
7582 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
7584 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
7585 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP." t nil)
7587 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
7588 Find all subdirectories of DIR." t nil)
7590 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
7591 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP." t nil)
7593 ;;;***
7595 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
7596 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (15523 44054))
7597 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
7599 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
7600 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer." t nil)
7602 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
7603 Display FILE's commentary section.
7604 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'." t nil)
7606 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
7607 Find packages matching a given keyword." t nil)
7609 ;;;***
7611 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
7612 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (15371 46415))
7613 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
7615 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
7616 Toggle flow control handling.
7617 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
7618 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil)
7620 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
7621 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
7622 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
7623 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
7624 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
7625 to get the effect of a C-q." nil nil)
7627 ;;;***
7629 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
7630 ;;;;;; flyspell-version flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode flyspell-mode-line-string)
7631 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (15478 22406))
7632 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
7634 (defvar flyspell-mode-line-string " Fly" "\
7635 *String displayed on the modeline when flyspell is active.
7636 Set this to nil if you don't want a modeline indicator.")
7638 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
7639 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings." t nil)
7641 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
7643 (defvar flyspell-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap))
7645 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
7646 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
7647 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
7648 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
7649 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
7650 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
7652 Bindings:
7653 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
7654 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
7655 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
7657 Hooks:
7658 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
7660 Remark:
7661 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
7662 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
7663 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
7665 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
7666 consider adding:
7667 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
7668 in your .emacs file.
7670 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
7671 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer." t nil)
7673 (add-minor-mode (quote flyspell-mode) (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) flyspell-mode-map nil (quote flyspell-mode))
7675 (autoload (quote flyspell-version) "flyspell" "\
7676 The flyspell version" t nil)
7678 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
7679 Turn Flyspell mode off." nil nil)
7681 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
7682 Flyspell text between BEG and END." t nil)
7684 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
7685 Flyspell whole buffer." t nil)
7687 ;;;***
7689 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
7690 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
7691 ;;;;;; (15441 20087))
7692 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
7694 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
7695 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
7697 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
7698 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
7700 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
7701 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
7703 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
7704 of two major techniques:
7706 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
7707 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
7708 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
7710 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
7711 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
7712 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
7713 movement commands.
7715 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
7716 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
7717 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
7718 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
7719 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
7720 mileage may vary).
7722 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
7723 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
7725 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
7727 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
7728 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
7729 \(This is the default.)
7731 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
7732 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
7734 Keys specific to Follow mode:
7735 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil)
7737 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
7738 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
7740 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
7741 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
7742 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
7743 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
7744 two windows always will display two successive pages.
7745 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
7747 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
7748 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
7749 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
7751 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
7752 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
7753 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil)
7755 ;;;***
7757 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer global-font-lock-mode
7758 ;;;;;; font-lock-remove-keywords font-lock-add-keywords turn-on-font-lock
7759 ;;;;;; font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "font-lock.el" (15547 22601))
7760 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
7762 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote font-lock-defaults))
7764 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
7765 Toggle Font Lock mode.
7766 With arg, turn Font Lock mode off if and only if arg is a non-positive
7767 number; if arg is nil, toggle Font Lock mode; anything else turns Font
7768 Lock on.
7769 \(Font Lock is also known as \"syntax highlighting\".)
7771 When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it:
7773 - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face';
7774 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face';
7775 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according to the
7776 value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
7778 To customize the faces (colors, fonts, etc.) used by Font Lock for
7779 fontifying different parts of buffer text, use \\[customize-face].
7781 You can enable Font Lock mode in any major mode automatically by turning on in
7782 the major mode's hook. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
7784 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock)
7786 Alternatively, you can use Global Font Lock mode to automagically turn on Font
7787 Lock mode in buffers whose major mode supports it and whose major mode is one
7788 of `font-lock-global-modes'. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
7790 (global-font-lock-mode t)
7792 There are a number of support modes that may be used to speed up Font Lock mode
7793 in various ways, specified via the variable `font-lock-support-mode'. Where
7794 major modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable
7795 `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer.
7796 When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though
7797 fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'.
7799 For example, to specify that Font Lock mode use use Lazy Lock mode as a support
7800 mode and use maximum levels of fontification, put in your ~/.emacs:
7802 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
7803 (setq font-lock-maximum-decoration t)
7805 To add your own highlighting for some major mode, and modify the highlighting
7806 selected automatically via the variable `font-lock-maximum-decoration', you can
7807 use `font-lock-add-keywords'.
7809 To fontify a buffer, without turning on Font Lock mode and regardless of buffer
7810 size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer].
7812 To fontify a block (the function or paragraph containing point, or a number of
7813 lines around point), perhaps because modification on the current line caused
7814 syntactic change on other lines, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
7816 See the variable `font-lock-defaults-alist' for the Font Lock mode default
7817 settings. You can set your own default settings for some mode, by setting a
7818 buffer local value for `font-lock-defaults', via its mode hook." t nil)
7820 (autoload (quote turn-on-font-lock) "font-lock" "\
7821 Turn on Font Lock mode (only if the terminal can display it)." nil nil)
7823 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
7824 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
7825 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
7826 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
7827 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
7828 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
7829 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
7830 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
7831 end of the current highlighting list.
7833 For example:
7835 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
7836 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
7837 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
7839 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
7840 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
7842 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
7843 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
7844 subtle problems due to details of the implementation.
7846 Note that some modes have specialised support for additional patterns, e.g.,
7847 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
7848 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'." nil nil)
7850 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
7851 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
7853 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
7854 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer.
7856 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
7857 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
7858 subtle problems due to details of the implementation." nil nil)
7860 (defvar global-font-lock-mode nil "\
7861 Non-nil if Global-Font-Lock mode is enabled.
7862 See the command `global-font-lock-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
7863 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7864 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-font-lock-mode'.")
7866 (custom-add-to-group (quote font-lock) (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
7868 (custom-add-load (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote font-lock))
7870 (autoload (quote global-font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
7871 Toggle Font-Lock mode in every buffer.
7872 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Font-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7873 Font-Lock mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
7874 in which `turn-on-font-lock-if-enabled' turns it on." t nil)
7876 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
7877 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would." t nil)
7879 ;;;***
7881 ;;;### (autoloads (create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "international/fontset.el"
7882 ;;;;;; (15417 7424))
7883 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
7885 (autoload (quote create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "\
7886 Create a fontset from fontset specification string FONTSET-SPEC.
7887 FONTSET-SPEC is a string of the format:
7888 FONTSET-NAME,CHARSET-NAME0:FONT-NAME0,CHARSET-NAME1:FONT-NAME1, ...
7889 Any number of SPACE, TAB, and NEWLINE can be put before and after commas.
7891 Optional 2nd argument is ignored. It exists just for backward
7892 compatibility.
7894 If this function attempts to create already existing fontset, error is
7895 signaled unless the optional 3rd argument NOERROR is non-nil.
7897 It returns a name of the created fontset." nil nil)
7899 ;;;***
7901 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (15400
7902 ;;;;;; 1477))
7903 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
7905 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
7906 Toggle footnote minor mode.
7907 \\<message-mode-map>
7908 key binding
7909 --- -------
7911 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
7912 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
7913 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
7914 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
7915 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
7916 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
7917 " t nil)
7919 ;;;***
7921 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
7922 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (15371 46415))
7923 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
7925 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
7926 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
7928 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
7929 TAB forms-next-field TAB
7930 C-c TAB forms-next-field
7931 C-c < forms-first-record <
7932 C-c > forms-last-record >
7933 C-c ? describe-mode ?
7934 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
7935 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
7936 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
7937 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
7938 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
7939 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
7940 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
7941 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
7942 C-c C-x forms-exit x
7943 " t nil)
7945 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
7946 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil)
7948 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
7949 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil)
7951 ;;;***
7953 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
7954 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (15568 22303))
7955 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
7957 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
7958 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
7959 A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
7960 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
7961 with a character in column 6.")
7963 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
7964 Major mode for editing Fortran code.
7965 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
7966 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
7968 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for
7969 Fortran keywords.
7971 Key definitions:
7972 \\{fortran-mode-map}
7974 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
7976 `comment-start'
7977 If you want to use comments starting with `!',
7978 set this to the string \"!\".
7979 `fortran-do-indent'
7980 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
7981 `fortran-if-indent'
7982 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3)
7983 `fortran-structure-indent'
7984 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks.
7985 (default 3)
7986 `fortran-continuation-indent'
7987 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5)
7988 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
7989 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0)
7990 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
7991 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments,
7992 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond
7993 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed
7994 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
7995 (for TAB format continuation style).
7996 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
7997 indentation for a line of code.
7998 (default 'fixed)
7999 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
8000 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
8001 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \")
8002 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
8003 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6)
8004 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
8005 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9)
8006 `fortran-line-number-indent'
8007 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get
8008 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
8009 column 5. (default 1)
8010 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
8011 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
8012 statements. (default nil)
8013 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
8014 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on
8015 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE]
8016 statement. (default nil)
8017 `fortran-continuation-string'
8018 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
8019 line. (default \"$\")
8020 `fortran-comment-region'
8021 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
8022 region. (default \"c$$$\")
8023 `fortran-electric-line-number'
8024 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
8025 as typed. (default t)
8026 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
8027 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters.
8028 (default t)
8030 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
8031 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
8033 ;;;***
8035 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
8036 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (15371 46425))
8037 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
8039 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
8040 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
8042 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
8043 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'." t nil)
8045 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
8046 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
8048 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
8049 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'." t nil)
8051 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
8052 Compile fortune file.
8054 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
8055 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories." t nil)
8057 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
8058 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
8060 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
8061 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
8062 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
8063 and choose the directory as the fortune-file." t nil)
8065 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
8066 Display a fortune cookie.
8068 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
8069 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
8070 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
8071 and choose the directory as the fortune-file." t nil)
8073 ;;;***
8075 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
8076 ;;;;;; (15371 46415))
8077 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
8079 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
8080 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
8082 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
8083 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
8085 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
8086 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
8087 function.
8089 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
8090 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
8091 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
8092 `comment-start' syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
8093 pair are considered to be `comment-start' and `comment-end' respectively.
8094 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
8096 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
8097 Each keyword should be a string.
8099 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
8100 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
8102 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to `auto-mode-alist'.
8103 These regexps are added to `auto-mode-alist' as soon as `define-generic-mode'
8104 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
8106 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
8108 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'." nil nil)
8110 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
8111 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
8112 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
8113 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
8115 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
8116 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'." t nil)
8118 ;;;***
8120 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
8121 ;;;;;; (15371 46426))
8122 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
8124 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
8125 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
8126 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
8127 at places they belong to." t nil)
8129 ;;;***
8131 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
8132 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (15417 7423))
8133 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
8135 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
8136 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server." t nil)
8138 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
8139 Read network news.
8140 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
8141 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
8142 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
8143 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
8144 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil)
8146 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
8147 Read news as a slave." t nil)
8149 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
8150 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil)
8152 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
8153 Read network news.
8154 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
8155 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
8156 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil)
8158 ;;;***
8160 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
8161 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
8162 ;;;;;; (15371 46421))
8163 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
8165 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
8166 Start Gnus unplugged." t nil)
8168 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
8169 Start Gnus plugged." t nil)
8171 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
8172 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
8173 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
8174 last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
8176 \(gnus-agentize)
8178 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
8179 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
8180 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers." t nil)
8182 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
8183 Start Gnus and fetch session." t nil)
8185 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" nil t nil)
8187 ;;;***
8189 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
8190 ;;;;;; (15478 22405))
8191 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
8193 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
8194 Make the current buffer look like a nice article." nil nil)
8196 ;;;***
8198 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
8199 ;;;;;; (15371 46421))
8200 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
8202 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
8203 Play a sound FILE through the speaker." t nil)
8205 ;;;***
8207 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
8208 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (15371
8209 ;;;;;; 46421))
8210 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
8212 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
8213 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
8215 Usage:
8216 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil)
8218 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
8219 Generate the cache active file." t nil)
8221 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
8222 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil)
8224 ;;;***
8226 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
8227 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (15547 22606))
8228 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
8230 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
8231 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
8232 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil)
8234 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
8235 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP." t nil)
8237 ;;;***
8239 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
8240 ;;;;;; (15371 46421))
8241 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
8243 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
8245 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
8246 Run batched scoring.
8247 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score" t nil)
8249 ;;;***
8251 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode)
8252 ;;;;;; "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (15371 46421))
8253 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
8255 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" nil nil nil)
8257 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
8258 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
8260 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}" t nil)
8262 ;;;***
8264 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
8265 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
8266 ;;;;;; (15400 1475))
8267 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
8269 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8270 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
8271 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
8272 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
8273 group parameters.
8275 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
8276 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
8277 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
8278 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
8280 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
8281 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
8282 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
8283 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
8284 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
8285 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
8286 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
8287 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
8288 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
8289 gnus-group-split-fancy for details." t nil)
8291 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8292 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL, by
8293 calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil CATCH-ALL).
8295 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
8296 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup." t nil)
8298 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8299 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
8300 See gnus-group-split-fancy for more information.
8302 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods." nil nil)
8304 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8305 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
8306 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
8308 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
8310 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
8311 be used to select candidate groups. If it is ommited or nil, all
8312 existing groups are considered.
8314 if NO-CROSSPOST is ommitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
8315 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
8316 returned.
8318 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
8319 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
8320 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
8321 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
8322 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
8323 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
8324 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
8325 clauses will be generated.
8327 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
8328 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
8329 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
8330 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
8331 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
8332 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
8334 For example, given the following group parameters:
8336 nnml:mail.bar:
8337 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
8338 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
8339 nnml:mail.foo:
8340 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
8341 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
8342 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
8343 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
8344 nnml:mail.others:
8345 \((split-spec . catch-all))
8347 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.misc\") returns:
8349 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
8350 \"mail.bar\")
8351 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
8352 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
8353 \"mail.others\")" nil nil)
8355 ;;;***
8357 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
8358 ;;;;;; (15371 46421))
8359 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
8361 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
8362 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
8363 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil)
8365 ;;;***
8367 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (15472
8368 ;;;;;; 20892))
8369 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
8371 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
8372 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
8373 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
8374 Gcc: header for archiving purposes." t nil)
8376 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
8378 ;;;***
8380 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "gnus/gnus-mule.el"
8381 ;;;;;; (15371 46421))
8382 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
8384 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
8385 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
8386 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
8387 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car part is used and the cdr
8388 part is ignored.
8390 This function exists for backward comaptibility with Emacs 20. It is
8391 recommended to customize the variable `gnus-group-charset-alist'
8392 rather than using this function." nil nil)
8394 ;;;***
8396 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
8397 ;;;;;; (15371 46421))
8398 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
8400 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
8401 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
8402 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
8403 for matching on group names.
8405 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
8406 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
8408 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
8410 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet." t nil)
8412 ;;;***
8414 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
8415 ;;;;;; (15371 46421))
8416 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
8418 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
8419 Update the format specification near point." t nil)
8421 ;;;***
8423 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
8424 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (15517 64423))
8425 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
8427 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
8428 Unload all Gnus features.
8429 \(For some value of `all' or `Gnus'.) Currently, features whose names
8430 have prefixes `gnus-', `nn', `mm-' or `rfc' are unloaded. Use
8431 cautiously -- unloading may cause trouble." t nil)
8433 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
8434 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil)
8436 ;;;***
8438 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
8439 ;;;;;; (15371 46421))
8440 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
8442 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
8443 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil)
8445 ;;;***
8447 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (15517 64423))
8448 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
8450 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
8451 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
8453 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
8454 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
8455 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
8457 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
8458 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
8459 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
8461 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
8462 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
8464 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
8465 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
8467 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
8469 ;;;***
8471 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
8472 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (15371 46424))
8473 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
8475 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
8476 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
8477 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
8478 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
8479 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click." t nil)
8481 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
8482 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
8483 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
8484 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
8485 there, then load the URL at or before point." t nil)
8487 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
8488 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
8489 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
8490 or to send e-mail.
8491 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
8493 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
8494 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information)." t nil)
8496 ;;;***
8498 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (15371 46415))
8499 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
8501 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
8502 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
8503 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
8504 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
8505 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful." nil nil)
8507 ;;;***
8509 ;;;### (autoloads (jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "gud.el"
8510 ;;;;;; (15525 27358))
8511 ;;; Generated autoloads from gud.el
8513 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
8514 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8515 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8516 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8518 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
8519 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8520 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8521 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8523 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
8524 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8525 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8526 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8528 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
8529 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8530 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8531 and source-file directory for your debugger.
8533 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
8534 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
8536 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
8537 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8538 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8539 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8541 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
8542 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
8543 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8544 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8546 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
8547 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
8548 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
8549 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
8550 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
8552 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
8553 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
8554 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
8555 original source file access method.
8557 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
8558 gud, see `gud-mode'." t nil)
8559 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
8561 ;;;***
8563 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (15371
8564 ;;;;;; 46425))
8565 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
8567 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
8568 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
8569 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
8570 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
8572 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
8573 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
8574 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
8575 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)" t nil)
8577 ;;;***
8579 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
8580 ;;;;;; (15371 46425))
8581 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
8583 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
8584 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings." t nil)
8586 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
8587 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
8588 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
8589 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
8591 Repent before ring 31 moves." t nil)
8593 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
8594 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
8595 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
8596 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
8597 to be updated." t nil)
8599 ;;;***
8601 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
8602 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-function locate-library
8603 ;;;;;; help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (15573 52064))
8604 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
8606 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "\
8607 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
8608 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
8609 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
8610 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
8611 With arg, you are asked to choose which language." t nil)
8613 (autoload (quote locate-library) "help-fns" "\
8614 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
8615 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `M-x load-library'
8616 to find the file that `M-x load-library RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
8617 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
8618 to the specified name LIBRARY.
8620 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
8621 is used instead of `load-path'.
8623 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
8624 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
8625 and the file name is displayed in the echo area." t nil)
8627 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
8628 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol)." t nil)
8630 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" nil nil nil)
8632 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
8633 Return the bound variable symbol found around point.
8634 Return 0 if there is no such symbol." nil nil)
8636 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
8637 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
8638 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
8639 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
8640 it is displayed along with the global value." t nil)
8642 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
8643 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
8644 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
8645 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer." t nil)
8647 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
8648 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
8649 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed." t nil)
8651 ;;;***
8653 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
8654 ;;;;;; (15371 46415))
8655 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
8657 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
8658 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
8659 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
8660 and window listing and describing the options.
8661 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
8662 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
8664 ;;;***
8666 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
8667 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
8668 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (15547 22700))
8669 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
8671 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
8672 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
8673 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
8674 Commands:
8675 \\{help-mode-map}" t nil)
8677 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" nil nil nil)
8679 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" nil nil nil)
8681 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
8682 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
8684 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
8685 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
8686 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
8687 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
8689 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
8690 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
8691 restore it properly when going back." nil nil)
8693 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
8694 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
8696 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and, if
8697 `help-highlight-p' is non-nil, highlight it with face defined by
8698 `help-highlight-face'; activate such cross references for selection
8699 with `help-follow'. Cross-references have the canonical form `...'
8700 and the type of reference may be disambiguated by the preceding
8701 word(s) used in `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
8703 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
8704 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
8705 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
8706 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
8708 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
8709 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
8710 that." t nil)
8712 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
8713 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
8714 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
8715 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
8716 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
8717 See `help-make-xrefs'." nil nil)
8719 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
8720 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
8721 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
8722 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
8723 See `help-make-xrefs'." nil nil)
8725 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
8726 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO." nil nil)
8728 ;;;***
8730 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
8731 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (15371 46419))
8732 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
8734 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
8735 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil)
8737 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
8738 Provide help for current mode." t nil)
8740 ;;;***
8742 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
8743 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (15505 59086))
8744 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
8746 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
8747 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
8748 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
8749 if the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
8750 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
8752 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
8753 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
8755 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
8756 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
8757 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
8758 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
8760 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
8761 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
8762 periods.
8764 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
8765 in hexl format.
8767 A sample format:
8769 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
8770 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
8771 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
8772 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
8773 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
8774 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
8775 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
8776 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
8777 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
8778 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
8779 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
8780 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
8781 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
8782 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
8783 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
8785 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
8786 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
8787 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
8789 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
8790 also supported.
8792 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
8794 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
8795 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
8796 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
8798 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
8799 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
8800 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
8802 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
8803 into the buffer at the current point.
8805 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
8806 into the buffer at the current point.
8808 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
8809 into the buffer at the current point.
8811 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
8813 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
8814 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
8816 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
8818 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil)
8820 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
8821 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
8822 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil)
8824 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
8825 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
8826 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil)
8828 ;;;***
8830 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
8831 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
8832 ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (15455
8833 ;;;;;; 18398))
8834 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
8836 (defgroup hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting nil "Interactively add and remove font-lock patterns for highlighting text." :group (quote faces))
8838 (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\
8839 Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.")
8841 (custom-add-to-group (quote hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting) (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
8843 (custom-add-load (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote hi-lock))
8845 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
8846 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
8848 If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
8849 turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\"
8850 submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
8851 which can be called interactively, are:
8853 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
8854 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
8856 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
8857 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
8858 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
8859 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
8861 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
8862 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
8864 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
8865 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
8867 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
8868 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
8869 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
8870 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
8871 (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
8872 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
8874 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
8875 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
8877 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
8878 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
8879 Hi-lock: FOO
8880 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords
8881 already present. The patterns must start before position (number
8882 of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns
8883 will be read until
8884 Hi-lock: end
8885 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'." t nil)
8887 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
8889 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8890 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
8892 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
8893 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
8894 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
8895 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil)
8897 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
8899 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8900 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
8902 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
8903 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
8904 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
8905 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil)
8907 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
8909 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8910 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
8912 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
8913 lower-case letters made case insensitive." t nil)
8915 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
8917 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8918 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
8920 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
8921 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
8922 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
8923 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
8924 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)" t nil)
8926 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
8927 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
8929 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
8930 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
8931 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'." t nil)
8933 ;;;***
8935 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
8936 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (15505 59091))
8937 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
8939 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
8940 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
8941 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
8942 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
8943 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
8944 how the hiding is done:
8946 `hide-ifdef-env'
8947 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
8948 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
8949 is used.
8951 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
8952 An association list of defined symbol lists.
8953 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
8954 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
8955 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
8957 `hide-ifdef-lines'
8958 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
8959 #endif lines when hiding.
8961 `hide-ifdef-initially'
8962 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
8963 is activated.
8965 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
8966 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
8967 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
8969 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil)
8971 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
8972 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
8974 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
8975 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
8977 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
8978 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
8980 ;;;***
8982 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
8983 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (15547 22609))
8984 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
8986 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
8987 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
8989 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
8990 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
8991 Each element has the form
8992 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
8994 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
8995 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
8997 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
8998 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
9000 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
9001 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
9002 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
9003 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. For
9004 example, see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
9006 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
9007 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
9009 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
9010 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
9012 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
9013 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
9014 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
9016 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
9017 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
9018 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
9019 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
9020 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
9021 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
9023 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
9024 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
9025 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
9027 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
9028 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
9030 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
9032 Key bindings:
9033 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
9035 ;;;***
9037 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
9038 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
9039 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
9040 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (15557 64386))
9041 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
9043 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
9045 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
9046 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
9047 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes." t nil)
9049 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
9050 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
9052 Without an argument:
9053 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
9054 or passive state as determined by the variable
9055 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
9056 and passive state.
9058 With an argument ARG:
9059 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
9060 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
9061 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
9063 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
9064 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
9065 not displayed in a different face.
9067 Functions:
9068 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
9069 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
9070 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
9071 buffer with the contents of a file
9072 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
9073 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
9074 various faces.
9076 Hook variables:
9077 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode.
9078 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
9079 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
9081 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
9082 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
9084 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
9085 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
9087 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
9088 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
9090 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
9091 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
9092 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
9093 shown in the last face in the list.
9095 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
9096 by adding the following to `local-write-file-hooks', by evaling it in the
9097 buffer to be saved):
9099 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)" t nil)
9101 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
9102 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
9104 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
9105 and must not be read-only.
9107 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
9108 this function is called interactively.
9110 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
9111 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
9112 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
9114 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
9115 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
9116 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work." t nil)
9118 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
9119 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
9121 When called interactively:
9122 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
9123 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
9124 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
9125 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
9127 When called from a program:
9128 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
9129 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
9130 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
9131 - otherwise just turn it on
9133 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
9134 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
9135 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
9136 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'." t nil)
9138 ;;;***
9140 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
9141 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
9142 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
9143 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
9144 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (15400 1472))
9145 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
9147 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
9148 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
9149 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
9150 or insert functions in this list.")
9152 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
9153 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
9155 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
9156 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
9158 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
9159 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
9161 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
9162 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
9164 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
9165 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
9166 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
9168 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
9169 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
9170 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
9171 \(as atoms)")
9173 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
9174 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
9175 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
9176 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
9177 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
9179 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
9180 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
9181 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
9182 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
9183 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
9184 expansions.
9185 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
9186 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
9187 undoes the expansion." t nil)
9189 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
9190 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
9191 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
9192 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose." nil (quote macro))
9194 ;;;***
9196 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
9197 ;;;;;; (15523 44055))
9198 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
9200 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
9201 Minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
9202 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
9203 Uses functions `hl-line-unhighlight' and `hl-line-highlight' on
9204 `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'." t nil)
9206 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
9207 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
9208 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
9209 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9210 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
9212 (custom-add-to-group (quote hl-line) (quote global-hl-line-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9214 (custom-add-load (quote global-hl-line-mode) (quote hl-line))
9216 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
9217 Toggle Hl-Line mode in every buffer.
9218 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
9219 Hl-Line mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
9220 in which `hl-line-mode' turns it on." t nil)
9222 ;;;***
9224 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
9225 ;;;;;; (15371 46418))
9226 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
9228 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
9229 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
9230 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
9232 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
9234 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
9235 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
9237 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
9238 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
9240 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created." t nil)
9242 ;;;***
9244 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
9245 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (15371 46425))
9246 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
9248 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
9249 This function is obsolete.
9250 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
9251 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." nil nil)
9253 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
9254 This function is obsolete.
9255 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
9256 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." t nil)
9258 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
9259 This function is obsolete.
9260 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
9261 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." t nil)
9263 ;;;***
9265 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
9266 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-help-buffers
9267 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers
9268 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp
9269 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
9270 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
9271 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
9272 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
9273 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
9274 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
9275 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
9276 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
9277 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
9278 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
9279 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
9280 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
9281 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
9282 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
9283 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
9284 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
9285 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
9286 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (15576 843))
9287 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
9289 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
9290 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
9291 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
9293 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
9294 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse." t nil)
9296 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
9297 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point." t nil)
9299 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9300 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse." t nil)
9302 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9303 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line." t nil)
9305 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9306 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups." t nil)
9308 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9309 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups." t nil)
9310 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext.el")
9311 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext.el")
9312 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext.el")
9313 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext.el")
9314 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext.el")
9315 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext.el")
9316 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext.el")
9317 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el")
9318 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext.el")
9319 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el")
9320 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext.el")
9322 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" nil nil nil)
9324 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9325 Make the current filters into a filtering group." t nil)
9327 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
9328 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode." t nil)
9330 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9331 Remove the first filter group." t nil)
9333 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9334 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters." t nil)
9336 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
9337 Remove all filter groups." t nil)
9339 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9340 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME." t nil)
9342 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9343 Kill the filter group named NAME.
9344 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'." t nil)
9346 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
9347 Kill the filter group at point.
9348 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'." t nil)
9350 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
9351 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point." t nil)
9353 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9354 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME." t nil)
9356 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
9357 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
9358 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
9359 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters." t nil)
9361 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
9362 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
9363 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'." t nil)
9365 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
9366 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
9367 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
9368 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
9369 of replacing the current filters." t nil)
9371 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
9372 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer." t nil)
9374 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
9375 Remove the top filter in this buffer." t nil)
9377 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
9378 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
9380 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
9381 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
9382 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode]." t nil)
9384 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
9385 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer." t nil)
9387 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
9388 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer." t nil)
9390 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
9391 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
9392 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
9393 filter into parts." t nil)
9395 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
9396 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
9397 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters." t nil)
9399 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
9400 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'." t nil)
9402 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
9403 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters." t nil)
9405 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
9406 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
9407 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
9408 of replacing the current filters." t nil)
9409 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
9410 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext.el")
9411 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext.el")
9412 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext.el")
9413 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext.el")
9414 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext.el")
9415 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext.el")
9417 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
9418 Toggle the current sorting mode.
9419 Default sorting modes are:
9420 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
9421 Name - the name of the buffer
9422 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
9423 Size - the size of the buffer" t nil)
9425 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
9426 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order." t nil)
9427 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
9428 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext.el")
9429 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext.el")
9430 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext.el")
9432 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
9433 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package." t nil)
9435 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
9436 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
9437 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
9438 for this ibuffer session." t nil)
9440 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
9441 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
9442 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
9443 for this ibuffer session." t nil)
9445 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
9446 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
9448 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
9449 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
9451 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
9452 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards." t nil)
9454 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
9455 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
9457 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
9458 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'." t nil)
9460 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
9461 Hide all of the currently marked lines." t nil)
9463 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
9464 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME." t nil)
9466 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
9467 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
9468 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'." t nil)
9470 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
9471 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
9472 The names are separated by a space.
9473 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
9474 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete pathname of each marked file.
9476 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with C-y.
9478 [ This docstring shamelessly stolen from the
9479 `dired-copy-filename-as-kill' in \"dired-x\". ]" t nil)
9481 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
9482 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP." t nil)
9484 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
9485 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP." t nil)
9487 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
9488 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP." t nil)
9490 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
9491 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE." t nil)
9493 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9494 Mark all modified buffers." t nil)
9496 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9497 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file." t nil)
9499 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9500 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist." t nil)
9502 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9503 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*." t nil)
9505 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9506 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days." t nil)
9508 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9509 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'." t nil)
9511 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9512 Mark all read-only buffers." t nil)
9514 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9515 Mark all `dired' buffers." t nil)
9517 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
9518 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
9519 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
9520 defaults to one." t nil)
9522 ;;;***
9524 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
9525 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (15569
9526 ;;;;;; 32086))
9527 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
9529 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
9530 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
9532 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
9533 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The current buffer
9534 will be `buffer'.
9536 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
9537 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
9538 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
9539 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
9540 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
9541 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
9543 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
9544 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
9545 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
9546 change its definition, you should explicitly call
9547 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'." nil (quote macro))
9549 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
9550 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
9551 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
9552 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
9553 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
9555 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
9556 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
9557 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'." nil (quote macro))
9559 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
9560 Generate a function named `ibuffer-do-OP', which operates on a buffer.
9561 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
9562 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
9564 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
9565 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
9566 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
9567 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
9568 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
9569 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
9570 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
9571 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
9572 values are:
9573 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
9574 t - the function it always modifies buffers
9575 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
9576 buffer's modification flag.
9577 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
9578 prompted before performing this operation.
9579 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
9580 operation is complete, in the form:
9581 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
9582 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
9583 confirmation message, in the form:
9584 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
9585 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
9586 macro for exactly what it does." nil (quote macro))
9588 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
9589 Define a filter named NAME.
9590 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
9591 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
9592 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
9594 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
9595 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
9596 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
9597 bound to the current value of the filter." nil (quote macro))
9599 ;;;***
9601 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
9602 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (15576 843))
9603 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
9605 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
9606 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
9607 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
9608 buffers which are visiting a file." t nil)
9610 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
9611 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
9612 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
9613 buffers which are visiting a file." t nil)
9615 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
9616 Begin using `ibuffer' to edit a list of buffers.
9617 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
9619 Optional argument OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
9620 Optional argument NAME specifies the name of the buffer; it defaults
9621 to \"*Ibuffer*\".
9622 Optional argument QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers
9623 to use; see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
9624 Optional argument NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
9625 Optional argument SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The
9626 special value `onewindow' means always use another window.
9627 Optional argument FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering
9628 groups to use; see `ibuffer-filter-groups'." t nil)
9630 ;;;***
9632 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
9633 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (15484 11830))
9634 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
9636 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
9637 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
9638 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive." t nil)
9640 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
9641 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
9642 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil)
9644 ;;;***
9646 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (15371 46426))
9647 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
9649 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
9650 Major mode for editing Icon code.
9651 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
9652 Tab indents for Icon code.
9653 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
9654 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
9655 \\{icon-mode-map}
9656 Variables controlling indentation style:
9657 icon-tab-always-indent
9658 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
9659 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
9660 icon-auto-newline
9661 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
9662 inserted in Icon code.
9663 icon-indent-level
9664 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
9665 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
9666 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
9667 icon-continued-statement-offset
9668 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
9669 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
9670 icon-continued-brace-offset
9671 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
9672 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
9673 icon-brace-offset
9674 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
9675 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
9676 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
9677 this far to the right of the start of its line.
9679 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
9680 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
9682 ;;;***
9684 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
9685 ;;;;;; (15472 20893))
9686 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
9688 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
9689 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
9690 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
9691 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
9693 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
9694 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
9695 separate frames.
9697 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name'.
9699 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
9700 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
9701 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
9703 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
9705 ;;;***
9707 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
9708 ;;;;;; (15472 20893))
9709 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
9711 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
9712 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files.
9714 The main features of this mode are
9716 1. Indentation and Formatting
9717 --------------------------
9718 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
9719 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
9721 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This function can also
9722 be used in the middle of a line to split the line at that point.
9723 When used inside a long constant string, the string is split at
9724 that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
9726 Comments are indented as follows:
9728 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
9729 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
9730 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
9732 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
9734 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a comment. The indentation
9735 of the second line of the paragraph relative to the first will be
9736 retained. Use \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these comments.
9737 When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is nil, code
9738 can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not recommended).
9740 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
9741 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs].
9742 Then mark the entire buffer again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
9744 2. Routine Info
9745 ------------
9746 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the accepted
9747 keyword parameters of a procedure or function with \\[idlwave-routine-info].
9748 \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the source file of a module.
9749 These commands know about system routines, all routines in idlwave-mode
9750 buffers and (when the idlwave-shell is active) about all modules
9751 currently compiled under this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
9752 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
9754 3. Online IDL Help
9755 ---------------
9756 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
9757 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single key
9758 stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. Two additional
9759 files (an ASCII version of the IDL documentation and a topics file) must
9760 be installed for this - check the IDLWAVE webpage for these files.
9762 4. Completion
9763 ----------
9764 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
9765 class names and keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and
9766 figures out what is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword).
9767 Lower case strings are completed in lower case, other strings in
9768 mixed or upper case.
9770 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
9771 --------------------------------
9772 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
9773 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
9775 \\pr PROCEDURE template
9776 \\fu FUNCTION template
9777 \\c CASE statement template
9778 \\sw SWITCH statement template
9779 \\f FOR loop template
9780 \\r REPEAT Loop template
9781 \\w WHILE loop template
9782 \\i IF statement template
9783 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
9784 \\b BEGIN
9786 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have
9787 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
9789 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the
9790 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries
9791 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
9793 6. Automatic Case Conversion
9794 -------------------------
9795 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
9796 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
9798 7. Automatic END completion
9799 ------------------------
9800 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
9801 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
9803 8. Hooks
9804 -----
9805 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
9806 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
9808 9. Documentation and Customization
9809 -------------------------------
9810 Info documentation for this package is available. Use \\[idlwave-info]
9811 to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does not work).
9812 For Postscript and HTML versions of the documentation, check IDLWAVE's
9813 homepage at `http://www.strw.leidenuniv.nl/~dominik/Tools/idlwave'.
9814 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
9816 10.Keybindings
9817 -----------
9818 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
9819 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
9820 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
9822 \\{idlwave-mode-map}" t nil)
9824 ;;;***
9826 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (15483 47733))
9827 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
9828 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
9830 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
9831 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
9832 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist." t nil)
9834 ;;;***
9836 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image
9837 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header
9838 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (15505 59086))
9839 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
9841 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
9842 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
9843 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
9844 be determined." nil nil)
9846 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
9847 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
9848 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
9849 be determined." nil nil)
9851 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
9852 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
9853 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'." nil nil)
9855 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
9856 Create an image.
9857 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
9858 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
9859 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
9860 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
9861 use its file extension as image type.
9862 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
9863 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
9864 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
9865 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported." nil nil)
9867 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
9868 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
9869 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
9870 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
9871 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
9872 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
9873 POS may be an integer or marker.
9874 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
9875 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
9876 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
9877 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
9879 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
9880 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
9881 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
9882 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
9883 defaulted if you omit it.
9884 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
9885 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
9886 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
9887 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
9889 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
9890 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
9891 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
9892 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer." nil nil)
9894 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
9895 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
9897 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
9899 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
9900 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
9901 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
9902 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
9903 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
9904 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
9905 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
9906 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
9907 satisfied.
9909 The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'." nil nil)
9911 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
9912 Define SYMBOL as an image.
9914 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
9915 documentation string.
9917 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
9918 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
9919 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
9920 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
9921 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
9922 string containing the actual image data. The first image
9923 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
9924 define SYMBOL.
9926 Example:
9928 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
9929 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))" nil (quote macro))
9931 ;;;***
9933 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
9934 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
9935 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (15425 28362))
9936 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
9938 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
9939 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
9940 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
9941 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
9943 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
9944 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
9945 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
9946 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
9948 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
9949 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
9950 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
9951 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
9953 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
9954 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
9955 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
9956 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
9958 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
9959 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames." nil nil)
9961 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
9962 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
9963 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
9964 the command `insert-file-contents'." nil nil)
9966 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
9967 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
9968 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
9969 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9970 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
9972 (custom-add-to-group (quote image) (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9974 (custom-add-load (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote image-file))
9976 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
9977 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
9978 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
9979 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
9981 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
9982 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
9983 `image-file-name-regexps'." t nil)
9985 ;;;***
9987 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
9988 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (15517 64421))
9989 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
9991 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
9992 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
9994 Affects only the mouse index menu.
9996 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
9997 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
9998 in the buffer.
10000 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
10002 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
10003 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
10004 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
10006 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
10007 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
10009 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
10010 to create a buffer index.
10012 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
10013 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
10014 or like this:
10015 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
10016 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
10017 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
10018 of the form (NAME POSITION-MARKER FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
10019 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
10021 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
10022 entries are not nested.
10024 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
10025 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
10026 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
10027 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
10029 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
10030 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
10032 The variable is buffer-local.
10034 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
10035 regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
10036 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
10038 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
10039 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
10040 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
10041 during matching.")
10043 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
10045 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
10046 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
10048 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
10049 of the current buffer as an alist.
10051 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
10052 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
10053 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
10054 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
10055 if it is a sub-alist.
10057 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
10059 The variable is buffer-local.")
10061 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
10063 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
10064 Function for finding the next index position.
10066 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
10067 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
10068 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
10069 file.
10071 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
10072 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
10074 This variable is local in all buffers.")
10076 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
10078 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
10079 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
10081 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
10082 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
10083 It should return the name for that index item.
10085 This variable is local in all buffers.")
10087 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
10089 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
10090 Function to compare string with index item.
10092 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
10093 non-nil if they match.
10095 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
10096 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
10097 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
10098 arguments match\".
10100 This variable is local in all buffers.")
10102 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
10104 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
10105 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
10106 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
10108 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
10110 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
10112 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
10114 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
10115 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
10116 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
10117 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil)
10119 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
10120 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
10122 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook." t nil)
10124 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
10125 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
10126 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
10127 for more information." t nil)
10129 ;;;***
10131 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
10132 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
10133 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (15400 1477))
10134 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
10136 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
10137 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'. " t nil)
10139 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" nil nil nil)
10141 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" nil nil nil)
10143 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" nil nil nil)
10145 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
10146 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
10147 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
10148 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
10149 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'." nil nil)
10151 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
10152 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
10153 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
10154 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
10155 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'." nil nil)
10157 ;;;***
10159 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
10160 ;;;;;; (15400 1480))
10161 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
10163 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
10164 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
10165 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
10166 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
10167 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
10169 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
10170 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
10172 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
10173 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
10174 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
10175 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
10176 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
10177 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
10178 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
10179 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
10181 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
10182 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
10183 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
10184 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
10185 Inferior Lisp buffer.
10187 This variable is only used if the variable
10188 `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' is non-nil.
10190 More precise choices:
10191 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
10192 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
10193 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
10195 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
10197 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
10198 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
10200 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
10201 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
10202 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
10203 to that buffer.
10204 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
10205 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
10206 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
10207 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
10208 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
10210 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
10212 ;;;***
10214 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
10215 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-directory info-standalone
10216 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (15566 1626))
10217 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
10219 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
10220 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window." t nil)
10221 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
10223 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
10224 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
10225 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
10226 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
10227 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
10228 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
10230 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
10231 to read a file name from the minibuffer.
10233 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
10234 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
10235 in all the directories in that path." t nil)
10237 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
10238 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
10239 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
10240 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself." nil nil)
10242 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
10243 Go to the Info directory node." t nil)
10245 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
10246 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
10247 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
10248 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
10249 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
10251 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
10252 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
10253 KEY is a string.
10254 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
10255 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
10256 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
10257 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
10259 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
10260 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
10261 This will add a speedbar major display mode." t nil)
10263 ;;;***
10265 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
10266 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
10267 ;;;;;; (15444 42462))
10268 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
10270 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
10271 Throw away all cached data.
10272 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
10273 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
10274 system." t nil)
10276 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
10277 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
10278 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
10279 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
10280 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
10281 The default symbol is the one found at point.
10283 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered." t nil)
10285 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
10286 Display the documentation of a file.
10287 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
10288 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
10289 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
10290 The default file name is the one found at point.
10292 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered." t nil)
10294 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
10295 Perform completion on symbol preceding point." t nil)
10297 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
10298 Perform completion on file preceding point." t nil)
10300 ;;;***
10302 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
10303 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (15371 46416))
10304 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
10306 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
10307 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region." t nil)
10309 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
10310 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
10311 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
10313 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
10314 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
10315 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
10317 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
10318 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
10319 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
10320 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil)
10322 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
10323 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
10324 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil)
10326 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
10327 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
10328 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
10329 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
10330 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil)
10332 ;;;***
10334 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
10335 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
10336 ;;;;;; (15371 46423))
10337 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
10339 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
10340 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search." t nil)
10342 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
10343 Toggle input method in interactive search." t nil)
10345 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" nil nil nil)
10347 ;;;***
10349 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
10350 ;;;;;; (15547 22607))
10351 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
10353 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
10354 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
10355 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
10356 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
10357 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
10358 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
10360 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
10361 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
10363 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
10364 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
10365 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
10366 \"s gives German sharp s.
10367 /a gives a with ring.
10368 /e gives an a-e ligature.
10369 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
10370 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
10371 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
10373 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
10374 and a negative argument disables it." t nil)
10376 ;;;***
10378 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
10379 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
10380 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
10381 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (15371 46423))
10382 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
10384 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
10385 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
10386 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10387 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10389 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
10390 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
10391 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10392 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10394 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
10395 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
10396 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10397 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10399 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
10400 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
10401 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10402 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10404 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
10405 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
10406 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10407 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10409 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
10410 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
10411 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10412 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10414 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
10415 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
10416 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10417 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10419 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
10420 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
10421 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
10422 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10424 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
10425 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
10426 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
10427 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10429 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
10430 Warn that format is read-only." t nil)
10432 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
10433 Warn that format is write-only." t nil)
10435 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
10436 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats." t nil)
10438 ;;;***
10440 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
10441 ;;;;;; (15417 7424))
10442 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
10443 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
10444 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
10445 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
10447 ;;;***
10449 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
10450 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
10451 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
10452 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist
10453 ;;;;;; ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-personal-dictionary)
10454 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (15472 20893))
10455 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
10457 (defconst xemacsp (string-match "Lucid\\|XEmacs" emacs-version) "\
10458 Non nil if using XEmacs.")
10460 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
10461 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
10462 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
10463 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
10465 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
10466 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
10467 See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.")
10469 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil ("-d" "brasileiro") nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
10471 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "czech") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
10473 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1))))
10475 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
10477 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1))))
10479 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil ("-d" "polish") nil iso-8859-2) ("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil ("-d" "russian") nil koi8-r) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "portugues") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovak") nil iso-8859-2))))
10481 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
10482 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
10484 Each element of this list is also a list:
10486 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
10487 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
10489 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
10490 nil means the default dictionary.
10492 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
10493 word.
10495 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
10497 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
10498 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
10499 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
10500 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
10501 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
10502 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
10503 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
10504 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
10505 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
10507 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
10508 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
10509 single word.
10511 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
10512 subprocess.
10514 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
10515 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
10516 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
10517 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
10518 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
10519 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
10520 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
10521 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
10523 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
10525 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
10526 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
10527 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
10529 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
10530 Key map for ispell menu.")
10532 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
10533 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
10534 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
10535 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
10537 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not xemacsp) (quote reload)))
10539 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (path (and (boundp (quote ispell-library-path)) ispell-library-path)) name load-dict) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) load-dict (car (cdr (member "-d" (nth 5 (car dicts))))) dicts (cdr dicts)) (cond ((not (stringp name)) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (quote default)) (cons "Select Default Dict" (cons "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "default")))))) ((or (not path) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".has")) (and load-dict (or (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".has"))))) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) name)))))))))
10541 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit path to dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle . flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
10543 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
10545 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
10547 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(-+\\|\\(/\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\|~\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
10548 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
10549 The alist key must be a regular expression.
10550 Valid forms include:
10551 (KEY) - just skip the key.
10552 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
10553 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
10554 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
10556 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
10557 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
10558 First list is used raw.
10559 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
10561 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
10562 for skipping in latex mode.")
10564 (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word))
10566 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
10567 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
10568 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
10569 in a window allowing you to choose one.
10571 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
10572 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
10573 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
10574 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
10575 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
10577 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
10578 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
10580 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
10582 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
10583 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
10585 return values:
10586 nil word is correct or spelling is accpeted.
10587 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
10588 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
10589 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
10590 quit spell session exited." t nil)
10592 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
10593 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
10594 If so, ask if it needs to be saved." t nil)
10596 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
10597 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
10599 Selections are:
10601 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
10602 SPC: Accept word this time.
10603 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
10604 `a': Accept word for this session.
10605 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
10606 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
10607 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
10608 `?': Show these commands.
10609 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
10610 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
10611 the aborted check to be completed later.
10612 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
10613 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
10614 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
10615 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
10616 `C-l': redraws screen
10617 `C-r': recursive edit
10618 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil)
10620 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
10621 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
10622 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil)
10624 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
10625 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
10626 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
10628 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
10630 With prefix argument, set the default dictionary." t nil)
10632 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
10633 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
10634 Return nil if spell session is quit,
10635 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed." t nil)
10637 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
10638 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors." t nil)
10640 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
10641 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil)
10643 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
10644 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word." t nil)
10646 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
10647 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
10648 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
10649 sequence inside of a word.
10651 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil)
10653 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
10654 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil)
10656 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
10657 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
10658 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
10659 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
10661 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
10662 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
10663 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
10664 available on the net." t nil)
10666 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
10667 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
10668 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
10670 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
10671 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
10673 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
10674 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC." t nil)
10676 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
10677 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
10678 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
10679 Don't check included messages.
10681 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
10682 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
10683 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
10685 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
10686 in your .emacs file:
10687 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
10688 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
10689 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
10690 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
10692 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
10693 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
10694 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil)
10696 ;;;***
10698 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
10699 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
10700 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (15548 17734))
10701 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
10703 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
10704 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
10705 Return the name of a buffer selected.
10706 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
10707 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
10708 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected." nil nil)
10710 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
10711 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
10712 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
10713 adds a hook to the minibuffer.
10715 Obsolescent. Use `iswitchb-mode'." t nil)
10717 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
10718 Switch to another buffer.
10720 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
10721 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
10722 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
10723 in another frame.
10724 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
10726 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
10727 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
10728 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10729 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
10731 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
10732 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
10733 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10734 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
10736 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
10737 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
10738 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10739 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
10741 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
10742 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
10743 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
10744 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10745 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
10747 (custom-add-to-group (quote iswitchb) (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10749 (custom-add-load (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote iswitchb))
10751 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
10752 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
10753 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
10754 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
10755 `iswitchb' for details." t nil)
10757 ;;;***
10759 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
10760 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
10761 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
10762 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (15371 46423))
10763 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
10765 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" nil nil nil)
10767 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
10768 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
10769 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
10770 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
10771 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
10772 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
10773 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
10774 necessary to represent OBJ." nil nil)
10776 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
10777 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
10778 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
10779 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
10781 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
10782 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
10783 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
10784 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
10785 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character." nil nil)
10787 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
10788 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
10789 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
10790 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
10792 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
10793 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
10794 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
10795 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'." t nil)
10797 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
10798 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars." t nil)
10800 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
10801 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
10802 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
10803 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
10804 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char." t nil)
10806 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
10807 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
10808 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
10809 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
10810 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char." t nil)
10812 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
10813 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
10814 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading." nil nil)
10816 ;;;***
10818 ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (15391
10819 ;;;;;; 60517))
10820 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
10822 (autoload (quote jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "\
10823 Register FUN as a fontification function to be called in this buffer.
10824 FUN will be called with two arguments START and END indicating the region
10825 that needs to be (re)fontified.
10826 If non-nil, CONTEXTUAL means that a contextual fontification would be useful." nil nil)
10828 ;;;***
10830 ;;;### (autoloads (with-auto-compression-mode auto-compression-mode)
10831 ;;;;;; "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (15417 7402))
10832 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
10834 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
10835 Non-nil if Auto-Compression mode is enabled.
10836 See the command `auto-compression-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
10837 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10838 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.")
10840 (custom-add-to-group (quote jka-compr) (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10842 (custom-add-load (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote jka-compr))
10844 (autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
10845 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
10846 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
10847 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on)." t nil)
10849 (autoload (quote with-auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
10850 Evalute BODY with automatic file compression and uncompression enabled." nil (quote macro))
10852 ;;;***
10854 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-shifted-setup keypad-setup)
10855 ;;;;;; "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (15564 30393))
10856 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
10858 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
10859 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys.
10860 The options are:
10861 'prefix Numeric prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
10862 'cursor Cursor movement keys.
10863 'S-cursor Shifted cursor movement keys.
10864 'numeric Plain numeric, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
10865 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map.
10866 nil Keep existing bindings for the keypad keys.")
10868 (custom-add-to-group (quote keyboard) (quote keypad-setup) (quote custom-variable))
10870 (custom-add-load (quote keypad-setup) (quote keypad))
10872 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
10873 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys.
10874 See `keypad-setup' for available options.")
10876 (custom-add-to-group (quote keyboard) (quote keypad-shifted-setup) (quote custom-variable))
10878 (custom-add-load (quote keypad-shifted-setup) (quote keypad))
10880 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
10881 Set keypad bindings in function-key-map according to SETUP.
10882 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
10883 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
10885 Setup Binding
10886 -------------------------------------------------------------
10887 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
10888 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
10889 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
10890 'numeric Plain numeric, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
10891 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map.
10893 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional third argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
10894 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'" nil nil)
10896 ;;;***
10898 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
10899 ;;;;;; (15371 46423))
10900 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
10902 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
10903 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
10904 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
10906 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
10907 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
10908 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
10909 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
10910 shorter.
10912 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
10913 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
10914 the context of text formatting." nil nil)
10916 ;;;***
10918 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (15371
10919 ;;;;;; 46423))
10920 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
10922 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
10923 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
10924 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
10925 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
10926 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
10927 positions that contains the current selection.")
10929 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
10930 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
10931 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
10932 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
10933 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
10934 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
10935 and the return value is the length of the conversion." t nil)
10937 ;;;***
10939 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
10940 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (15371 46423))
10941 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
10943 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
10944 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
10945 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
10947 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" nil nil nil)
10949 ;;;***
10951 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
10952 ;;;;;; (15371 46425))
10953 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
10955 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
10957 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
10958 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game." t nil)
10960 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
10962 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
10963 Start or resume an Lm game.
10964 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
10965 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
10967 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
10968 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
10969 none / 1 | yes | no
10970 2 | yes | yes
10971 3 | no | yes
10972 4 | no | no
10974 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
10975 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
10976 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
10978 ;;;***
10980 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
10981 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
10982 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (15391
10983 ;;;;;; 60703))
10984 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
10986 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" nil nil nil)
10988 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
10989 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
10990 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
10991 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
10992 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
10993 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
10995 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
10996 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR." nil nil)
10998 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
10999 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string." nil nil)
11001 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" nil nil nil)
11003 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
11004 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
11005 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
11006 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
11007 to compose.
11009 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
11011 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" nil t nil)
11013 ;;;***
11015 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
11016 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (15391 60562))
11017 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
11019 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
11020 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
11021 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
11022 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
11023 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
11024 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
11025 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
11026 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
11028 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
11029 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
11031 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11032 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
11034 (custom-add-to-group (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-display) (quote custom-variable))
11036 (custom-add-load (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-disp))
11038 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
11039 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
11040 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
11041 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
11042 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
11043 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
11044 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
11045 a Unicode font with which to display them." nil nil)
11047 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
11048 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
11049 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display is't
11050 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
11052 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11053 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
11055 (custom-add-to-group (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) (quote custom-variable))
11057 (custom-add-load (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) (quote latin1-disp))
11059 ;;;***
11061 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
11062 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (15517 64421))
11063 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
11065 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
11066 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
11067 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
11068 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
11070 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
11072 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
11073 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
11074 JIT Lock's favor.
11076 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
11078 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
11079 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
11080 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
11081 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
11082 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
11083 for large buffers.
11085 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
11086 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
11087 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
11088 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
11089 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
11091 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
11092 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
11093 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
11094 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
11095 slow to keep up with your typing.
11097 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
11098 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
11099 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
11100 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
11101 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
11102 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
11104 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
11105 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
11106 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
11107 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
11109 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
11110 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
11111 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
11112 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
11114 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
11115 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
11116 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
11117 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
11118 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'." t nil)
11120 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
11121 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil)
11123 ;;;***
11125 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
11126 ;;;;;; (15371 46416))
11127 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
11129 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
11130 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
11132 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
11133 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
11135 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
11136 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
11138 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
11139 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
11140 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
11141 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
11142 for later transmission to Lisp job.
11143 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
11144 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
11145 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
11146 and transmit saved text.
11147 \\{ledit-mode-map}
11148 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
11149 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil)
11151 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" nil nil nil)
11153 ;;;***
11155 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (15371 46425))
11156 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
11158 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
11159 Run Conway's Life simulation.
11160 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
11161 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
11162 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil)
11164 ;;;***
11166 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (15371
11167 ;;;;;; 46415))
11168 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
11170 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
11171 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
11172 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
11173 is nil, raise an error." t nil)
11175 ;;;***
11177 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
11178 ;;;;;; (15417 7408))
11179 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
11181 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
11182 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
11183 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run." t nil)
11185 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
11186 Run the locate command with a filter.
11188 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
11189 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search." t nil)
11191 ;;;***
11193 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (15371 46415))
11194 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
11196 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
11197 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
11198 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
11199 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
11200 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
11201 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
11202 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
11203 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
11204 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
11205 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
11206 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
11207 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
11208 uses the current buffer." nil nil)
11210 ;;;***
11212 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (15417
11213 ;;;;;; 7408))
11214 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
11216 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
11217 Major mode for browsing CVS log output." t nil)
11219 ;;;***
11221 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
11222 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (15371
11223 ;;;;;; 46416))
11224 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
11226 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
11228 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
11230 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
11231 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
11232 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
11234 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
11235 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
11237 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
11238 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
11239 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
11240 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
11241 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
11242 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
11243 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
11245 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
11246 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
11247 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
11248 switch on this list.
11249 See `lpr-command'.")
11251 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
11252 *Name of program for printing a file.
11254 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
11255 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
11256 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
11257 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
11258 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
11259 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
11260 argument.")
11262 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
11263 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
11264 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
11265 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
11267 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
11268 Paginate and print buffer contents.
11270 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
11271 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
11272 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
11273 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
11275 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
11276 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
11278 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
11279 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
11281 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
11282 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
11283 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
11284 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
11286 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
11287 Paginate and print the region contents.
11289 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
11290 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
11291 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
11292 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
11294 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
11295 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
11297 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
11298 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
11300 ;;;***
11302 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (15417 7408))
11303 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
11305 (defgroup ls-lisp nil "Emulate the ls program completely in Emacs Lisp." :version "21.1" :group (quote dired))
11307 ;;;***
11309 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (15371
11310 ;;;;;; 46418))
11311 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
11313 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
11314 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
11315 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
11317 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
11319 ;;;***
11321 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (15371
11322 ;;;;;; 46426))
11323 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
11325 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
11326 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
11327 \\{m4-mode-map}
11328 " t nil)
11330 ;;;***
11332 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
11333 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (15371 46416))
11334 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
11336 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
11337 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
11338 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
11339 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
11340 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command." t nil)
11342 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
11343 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
11344 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
11345 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
11347 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
11348 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
11349 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
11350 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
11351 bindings.
11353 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
11354 use this command, and then save the file." t nil)
11356 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
11357 Query user during kbd macro execution.
11358 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
11359 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
11360 each time the macro executes.
11361 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
11362 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
11363 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
11364 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
11365 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
11366 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
11367 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil)
11369 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
11370 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
11371 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
11373 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
11374 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
11375 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
11376 execute.
11378 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
11379 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
11381 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
11382 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
11383 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
11384 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
11385 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
11387 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
11388 looked like this:
11390 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
11391 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
11392 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
11394 You could enter the names in this format:
11400 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
11402 \\C-x (
11403 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
11404 \\C-x )
11406 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
11407 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
11408 " t nil)
11409 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
11411 ;;;***
11413 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
11414 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (15371 46424))
11415 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
11417 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
11418 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
11419 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
11420 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.
11422 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
11423 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
11424 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
11425 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
11426 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
11428 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
11429 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
11430 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
11431 consing a string.)" nil nil)
11433 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
11434 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to." t nil)
11436 ;;;***
11438 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
11439 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
11440 ;;;;;; (15371 46424))
11441 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
11443 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
11444 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks." nil nil)
11446 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" nil nil nil)
11448 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
11449 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
11451 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
11452 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
11453 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
11454 message.
11456 This function normally would be called when the message is sent." nil nil)
11458 ;;;***
11460 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
11461 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
11462 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (15517
11463 ;;;;;; 64423))
11464 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
11466 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
11467 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
11468 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
11469 often correct parser.")
11471 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" nil nil nil)
11473 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
11474 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
11475 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
11476 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
11478 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
11479 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
11480 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
11481 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
11483 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
11484 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
11485 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
11486 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." t nil)
11488 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
11489 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
11490 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
11491 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
11492 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
11493 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields." nil nil)
11495 ;;;***
11497 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
11498 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (15557 64401))
11499 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
11501 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
11502 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package." nil nil)
11504 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
11505 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
11506 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'." nil nil)
11508 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
11509 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
11510 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil)
11512 ;;;***
11514 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
11515 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (15371
11516 ;;;;;; 46424))
11517 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
11519 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
11520 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
11521 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
11522 king@grassland.com
11523 If `parens', they look like:
11524 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
11525 If `angles', they look like:
11526 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
11528 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
11529 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
11530 If interactive, expand in header fields.
11531 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
11532 their `Resent-' variants.
11534 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
11535 removed from alias expansions." t nil)
11537 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
11538 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
11539 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
11541 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
11542 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
11543 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
11544 if it is quoted with double-quotes." t nil)
11546 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
11547 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
11548 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
11549 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any." t nil)
11551 ;;;***
11553 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
11554 ;;;;;; (15391 60717))
11555 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
11557 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
11558 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
11559 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
11561 \\{makefile-mode-map}
11563 In the browser, use the following keys:
11565 \\{makefile-browser-map}
11567 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
11569 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
11570 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
11572 `makefile-target-colon':
11573 The string that gets appended to all target names
11574 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
11575 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
11577 `makefile-macro-assign':
11578 The string that gets appended to all macro names
11579 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
11580 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
11581 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
11582 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
11583 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
11585 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
11586 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
11587 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
11589 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
11590 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
11592 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
11593 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
11594 up or down in the browser.
11596 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
11597 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
11599 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
11600 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
11602 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
11603 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
11604 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
11605 has been selected in the browser.
11607 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
11608 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
11609 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
11610 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
11611 filenames are omitted.
11613 `makefile-cleanup-continuations-p':
11614 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
11615 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
11616 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
11617 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
11618 the backslash itself intact.
11619 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
11620 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
11622 `makefile-browser-hook':
11623 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
11624 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
11626 `makefile-special-targets-list':
11627 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
11628 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
11629 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil)
11631 ;;;***
11633 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (15371
11634 ;;;;;; 46416))
11635 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
11637 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
11638 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
11639 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil)
11641 ;;;***
11643 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (15427 61506))
11644 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
11646 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
11648 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
11649 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
11650 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
11651 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
11652 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
11653 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
11654 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
11656 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
11657 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
11658 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
11659 `Man-switches' variable, which see." t nil)
11661 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
11662 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer." t nil)
11664 ;;;***
11666 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (15417 7408))
11667 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
11669 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
11670 Toggle Master mode.
11671 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
11672 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
11673 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
11675 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
11676 following commands:
11678 \\{master-mode-map}
11680 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
11681 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
11682 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'." t nil)
11684 ;;;***
11686 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
11687 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
11688 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
11689 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
11690 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
11691 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
11692 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
11693 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
11694 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
11695 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (15547 22607))
11696 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
11698 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
11699 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
11701 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
11702 king@grassland.com
11703 If `parens', they look like:
11704 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
11705 If `angles', they look like:
11706 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
11708 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
11709 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
11711 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
11712 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
11714 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
11715 *Local news organization file.")
11717 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
11718 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
11719 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
11720 variable `mail-header-separator'.
11722 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
11723 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
11724 `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
11726 See also `send-mail-function'.")
11728 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
11729 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
11731 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
11732 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.")
11734 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
11735 *Function for citing an original message.
11736 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
11737 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
11738 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
11740 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
11741 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
11742 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
11743 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
11744 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
11746 (defvar message-signature t "\
11747 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
11748 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
11749 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
11750 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
11752 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
11753 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
11754 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
11755 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
11757 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
11759 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
11760 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
11761 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
11762 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
11763 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
11764 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
11765 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
11766 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
11767 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
11768 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
11769 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
11770 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
11771 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
11772 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
11773 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
11774 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
11775 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
11776 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
11777 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
11778 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
11779 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
11780 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
11781 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
11782 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
11783 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat)." t nil)
11785 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
11786 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
11787 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs." t nil)
11789 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
11790 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
11792 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
11793 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil)
11795 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
11796 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil)
11798 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
11799 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
11800 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil)
11802 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
11803 Cancel an article you posted.
11804 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message." t nil)
11806 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
11807 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
11808 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
11809 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil)
11811 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
11812 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil)
11814 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
11815 Forward the current message via mail.
11816 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
11817 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward." t nil)
11819 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" nil nil nil)
11821 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" nil nil nil)
11823 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
11824 Let RMAIL uses message to forward." t nil)
11826 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
11827 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil)
11829 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
11830 Re-mail the current message.
11831 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
11832 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
11833 you." t nil)
11835 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
11836 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
11838 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
11839 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
11841 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
11842 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
11844 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
11845 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
11847 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
11848 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
11849 Works by overstriking characters.
11850 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
11851 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
11853 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
11854 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
11855 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
11856 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
11858 ;;;***
11860 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
11861 ;;;;;; (15371 46426))
11862 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
11864 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
11865 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
11866 Special commands:
11867 \\{meta-mode-map}
11869 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
11870 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
11872 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
11873 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
11874 Special commands:
11875 \\{meta-mode-map}
11877 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
11878 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
11880 ;;;***
11882 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
11883 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
11884 ;;;;;; (15371 46424))
11885 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
11887 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
11888 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
11889 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
11891 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
11892 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
11893 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
11894 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
11895 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
11896 redisplayed as output is inserted.
11897 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
11899 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
11900 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
11901 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
11902 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
11903 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
11904 means current).
11905 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
11906 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
11908 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
11909 Process current region through 'metamail'.
11910 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
11911 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
11912 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
11913 means current).
11914 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
11915 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
11917 ;;;***
11919 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch
11920 ;;;;;; mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mail/mh-comp.el" (15400 1477))
11921 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-comp.el
11923 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
11924 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
11925 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
11926 to the MH mail system.
11928 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
11930 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
11931 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
11932 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
11933 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
11934 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
11935 that want to create a mail buffer.
11936 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil)
11938 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
11939 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
11940 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
11941 to the MH mail system.
11943 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
11945 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
11946 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
11947 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
11948 using the MH mail handling system.
11949 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME
11950 messages.
11952 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
11954 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses):
11956 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil)
11957 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying
11958 the yanked message.
11960 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t)
11961 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message.
11962 If `body', just yank the body (no header).
11963 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked.
11964 If there is a region, this variable is ignored.
11966 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \")
11967 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is
11968 inserted in a draft letter.
11970 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\")
11971 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature].
11973 This command runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and `mh-letter-mode-hook'." t nil)
11975 ;;;***
11977 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mail/mh-e.el" (15400
11978 ;;;;;; 1477))
11979 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-e.el
11981 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
11982 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder.
11983 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
11984 to the MH mail system." t nil)
11986 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
11987 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil)
11989 ;;;***
11991 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mail/mh-mime.el" (15371 46424))
11992 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-mime.el
11994 (defvar mh-mime-content-types (quote (("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg"))) "\
11995 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].")
11997 ;;;***
11999 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mail/mh-utils.el" (15417 7424))
12000 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-utils.el
12002 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
12004 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
12006 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
12008 (put (quote mh-nmh-p) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
12010 ;;;***
12012 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
12013 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (15371 46416))
12014 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
12016 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
12017 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
12018 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
12019 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
12020 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
12021 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
12022 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
12023 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
12024 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
12025 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
12026 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged." t nil)
12028 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
12029 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
12030 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
12031 to its second argument TM." nil nil)
12033 ;;;***
12035 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
12036 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (15391 60519))
12037 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
12039 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
12040 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
12041 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12042 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12043 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
12045 (custom-add-to-group (quote minibuffer) (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12047 (custom-add-load (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote minibuf-eldef))
12049 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
12050 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
12051 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
12052 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
12053 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
12054 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
12055 default indication.
12057 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
12058 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
12060 ;;;***
12062 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
12063 ;;;;;; (15371 46420))
12064 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
12066 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
12067 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
12068 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
12069 the entire message.
12070 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing." nil nil)
12072 ;;;***
12074 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-test mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el"
12075 ;;;;;; (15371 46420))
12076 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
12078 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
12079 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles." nil nil)
12081 (autoload (quote mm-uu-test) "mm-uu" "\
12082 Check whether the current buffer contains uu stuff." nil nil)
12084 ;;;***
12086 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
12087 ;;;;;; (15371 46426))
12088 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
12090 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
12091 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
12092 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
12093 followed by the first character of the construct.
12094 \\<m2-mode-map>
12095 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
12096 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
12097 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
12098 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
12099 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
12100 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
12101 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
12102 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
12103 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
12104 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
12105 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
12106 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
12107 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
12108 \\[m2-link] link
12110 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
12111 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
12112 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil)
12114 ;;;***
12116 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
12117 ;;;;;; (15371 46425))
12118 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
12120 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
12121 Convert all text in a given region to morse code." t nil)
12123 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
12124 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text." t nil)
12126 ;;;***
12128 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (15391
12129 ;;;;;; 60519))
12130 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
12132 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
12133 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
12134 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
12135 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
12137 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
12139 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
12141 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
12143 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
12144 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
12145 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
12146 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
12147 Triple-clicking selects lines.
12148 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
12150 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
12151 the kill-ring, nor do the kill-ring function change the X selection.
12152 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
12153 mouse-sel sets the variables interprogram-cut-function and
12154 interprogram-paste-function to nil.
12156 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
12157 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
12159 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
12160 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
12162 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
12164 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
12165 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
12166 primary selection and region." t nil)
12168 ;;;***
12170 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (15572 475))
12171 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
12173 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
12174 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil)
12176 ;;;***
12178 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (15565 62221))
12179 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
12181 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
12182 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
12183 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12184 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12185 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
12187 (custom-add-to-group (quote msb) (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12189 (custom-add-load (quote msb-mode) (quote msb))
12191 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
12192 Toggle Msb mode.
12193 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
12194 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
12195 different buffer menu using the function `msb'." t nil)
12197 ;;;***
12199 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
12200 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
12201 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
12202 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-char-after describe-character-set
12203 ;;;;;; list-charset-chars read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag"
12204 ;;;;;; "international/mule-diag.el" (15557 64400))
12205 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
12207 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
12208 Display a list of all character sets.
12210 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
12211 internal Emacs use.
12213 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
12214 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
12215 hexadecimal digits.
12216 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
12217 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
12219 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
12220 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
12221 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
12222 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
12224 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
12225 but still shows the full information." t nil)
12227 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
12228 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
12229 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
12230 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
12231 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
12233 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
12234 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
12235 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
12236 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
12237 detailed meanings of these arguments." nil nil)
12239 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
12240 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
12241 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
12242 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
12243 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'." t nil)
12245 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
12246 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET." t nil)
12248 (autoload (quote describe-char-after) "mule-diag" "\
12249 Display information about the character at POS in the current buffer.
12250 POS defaults to point.
12251 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
12252 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
12253 which font is being used for displaying the character." t nil)
12255 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
12256 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM." t nil)
12258 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
12259 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
12261 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
12262 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
12263 in place of `..':
12264 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
12265 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
12266 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
12267 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
12268 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
12269 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
12270 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
12271 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
12272 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
12273 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
12274 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
12275 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
12276 `default-process-coding-system' for read
12277 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
12278 `default-process-coding-system' for write
12279 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'" t nil)
12281 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
12282 Display coding systems currently used, in detail." t nil)
12284 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
12285 Display a list of all coding systems.
12286 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
12288 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
12289 but still contains full information about each coding system." t nil)
12291 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
12292 Display a list of all coding categories." nil nil)
12294 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
12295 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME." t nil)
12297 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
12298 Display information about FONTSET.
12299 This shows which font is used for which character(s)." t nil)
12301 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
12302 Display a list of all fontsets.
12303 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
12304 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
12305 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list." t nil)
12307 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
12308 Display information about all input methods." t nil)
12310 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
12311 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
12313 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
12314 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
12315 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
12316 system which uses fontsets)." t nil)
12318 ;;;***
12320 ;;;### (autoloads (detect-coding-with-language-environment detect-coding-with-priority
12321 ;;;;;; coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
12322 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
12323 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic
12324 ;;;;;; lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist truncate-string-to-width
12325 ;;;;;; store-substring string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el"
12326 ;;;;;; (15400 1476))
12327 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
12329 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
12330 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
12331 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'." nil nil)
12333 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
12334 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
12336 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
12337 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
12339 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
12340 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING." nil nil)
12342 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
12343 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
12344 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies
12345 the starting column; that means to return the characters occupying
12346 columns START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR.
12348 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding character
12349 to add at the end of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN,
12350 or if END-COLUMN comes in the middle of a character in STR.
12351 PADDING is also added at the beginning of the result
12352 if column START-COLUMN appears in the middle of a character in STR.
12354 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
12355 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN." nil nil)
12357 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
12359 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
12360 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
12362 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
12363 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
12364 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
12366 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
12367 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
12368 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
12370 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
12371 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
12372 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
12373 is considered.
12374 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
12375 longer than KEYSEQ.
12376 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail." nil nil)
12378 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
12379 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
12380 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
12381 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
12382 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
12383 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
12384 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
12385 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
12386 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
12387 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
12388 even if ALIST is not deep enough." nil nil)
12390 (autoload (quote coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic) "mule-util" "\
12391 Return the string indicating end-of-line format of CODING-SYSTEM." nil nil)
12393 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
12394 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property." nil nil)
12396 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
12397 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property." nil nil)
12399 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
12400 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property." nil nil)
12402 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
12403 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property." nil nil)
12405 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
12406 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
12407 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
12408 or one is an alias of the other." nil nil)
12410 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
12411 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
12412 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
12413 coding systems ordered by priority." nil (quote macro))
12415 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
12416 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
12417 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
12418 language environment LANG-ENV." nil nil)
12420 ;;;***
12422 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
12423 ;;;;;; (15572 25213))
12424 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
12426 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
12427 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
12428 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12429 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12430 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
12432 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12434 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote mwheel))
12436 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
12437 Toggle mouse wheel support.
12438 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
12439 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
12441 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
12442 Enable mouse wheel support." nil nil)
12444 ;;;***
12446 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
12447 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig nslookup nslookup-host
12448 ;;;;;; route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el"
12449 ;;;;;; (15425 28364))
12450 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
12452 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
12453 Run traceroute program for TARGET." t nil)
12455 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
12456 Ping HOST.
12457 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
12458 `ping-program-options'." t nil)
12460 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
12461 Run ipconfig program." t nil)
12463 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
12465 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
12466 Run netstat program." t nil)
12468 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
12469 Run the arp program." t nil)
12471 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
12472 Run the route program." t nil)
12474 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
12475 Lookup the DNS information for HOST." t nil)
12477 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
12478 Run nslookup program." t nil)
12480 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
12481 Run dig program." t nil)
12483 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
12484 Run ftp program." t nil)
12486 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
12487 Finger USER on HOST." t nil)
12489 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
12490 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
12491 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
12492 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server." t nil)
12494 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" nil t nil)
12496 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
12497 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST." t nil)
12499 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
12500 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT." t nil)
12502 ;;;***
12504 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region
12505 ;;;;;; comment-region uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column
12506 ;;;;;; comment-indent comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars
12507 ;;;;;; comment-multi-line comment-padding comment-style comment-column)
12508 ;;;;;; "newcomment" "newcomment.el" (15566 54821))
12509 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
12511 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
12513 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
12515 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
12517 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
12519 (defgroup comment nil "Indenting and filling of comments." :prefix "comment-" :version "21.1" :group (quote fill))
12521 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
12522 *Column to indent right-margin comments to.
12523 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
12524 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
12525 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
12526 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
12528 (defvar comment-start nil "\
12529 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
12531 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
12532 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
12533 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
12534 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
12536 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
12537 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
12539 (defvar comment-end "" "\
12540 *String to insert to end a new comment.
12541 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
12543 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
12544 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
12545 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
12546 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
12547 column indentation or nil.
12548 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
12550 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
12551 *Style to be used for `comment-region'.
12552 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
12554 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
12555 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
12556 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
12557 of the corresponding number of spaces.
12559 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
12560 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
12562 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
12563 *Non-nil means \\[comment-indent-new-line] continues comments, with no new terminator or starter.
12564 This is obsolete because you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
12566 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" nil nil nil)
12568 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
12569 Default for `comment-indent-function'." nil nil)
12571 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
12572 Indent this line's comment to comment column, or insert an empty comment.
12573 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any." t nil)
12575 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
12576 Set the comment column based on point.
12577 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
12578 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
12579 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
12580 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column." t nil)
12582 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
12583 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
12584 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one." t nil)
12586 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
12587 Uncomment each line in the BEG..END region.
12588 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
12589 comment markers." t nil)
12591 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
12592 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
12593 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG..END.
12594 Numeric prefix arg ARG means use ARG comment characters.
12595 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
12596 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
12597 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
12598 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
12600 The strings used as comment starts are built from
12601 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'." t nil)
12603 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
12604 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
12605 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
12606 is passed on to the respective function." t nil)
12608 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
12609 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
12610 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
12611 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
12612 case it calls `uncomment-region').
12613 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
12614 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
12615 Else, call `comment-indent'." t nil)
12617 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
12618 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
12619 This indents the body of the continued comment
12620 under the previous comment line.
12622 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
12623 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
12624 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
12626 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
12627 or comment indentation.
12629 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
12630 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil." t nil)
12632 ;;;***
12634 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (15371
12635 ;;;;;; 46420))
12636 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
12638 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
12639 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
12640 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
12641 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
12642 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
12643 symbol in the alist." nil nil)
12645 ;;;***
12647 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
12648 ;;;;;; (15547 22607))
12649 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
12651 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
12652 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
12653 This command does not work if you use short group names." t nil)
12655 ;;;***
12657 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
12658 ;;;;;; (15371 46421))
12659 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
12661 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
12662 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
12663 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil)
12665 ;;;***
12667 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
12668 ;;;;;; (15547 22607))
12669 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
12671 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
12672 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil)
12674 ;;;***
12676 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
12677 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (15371 46421))
12678 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
12680 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
12681 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil)
12683 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
12684 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil)
12686 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
12687 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil)
12689 ;;;***
12691 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
12692 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (15517 64422))
12693 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
12695 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
12696 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
12697 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
12699 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" nil nil nil)
12701 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
12702 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
12703 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
12704 to future sessions." t nil)
12706 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
12707 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
12708 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
12709 to future sessions." t nil)
12711 ;;;***
12713 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
12714 ;;;;;; (15371 46416))
12715 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
12717 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
12718 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
12719 \\{nroff-mode-map}
12720 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
12721 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
12722 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
12724 ;;;***
12726 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
12727 ;;;;;; (15371 46426))
12728 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
12730 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
12731 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
12732 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
12733 specified by `octave-help-files'.
12734 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion." t nil)
12736 ;;;***
12738 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
12739 ;;;;;; (15371 46426))
12740 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
12742 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
12743 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
12744 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
12746 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
12748 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
12749 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
12751 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
12752 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
12753 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'." t nil)
12755 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
12757 ;;;***
12759 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
12760 ;;;;;; (15417 7451))
12761 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
12763 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
12764 Major mode for editing Octave code.
12766 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
12767 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
12768 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
12769 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
12771 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
12772 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
12773 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
12774 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
12775 is why you need this mode!).
12777 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
12778 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
12779 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
12781 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
12783 Keybindings
12784 ===========
12786 \\{octave-mode-map}
12788 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
12789 ==============================================
12791 octave-auto-indent
12792 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
12793 Default is nil.
12795 octave-auto-newline
12796 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
12797 Default is nil.
12799 octave-blink-matching-block
12800 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
12801 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
12803 octave-block-offset
12804 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
12805 Default is 2.
12807 octave-continuation-offset
12808 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
12809 Default is 4.
12811 octave-continuation-string
12812 String used for Octave continuation lines.
12813 Default is a backslash.
12815 octave-mode-startup-message
12816 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
12817 Default is t.
12819 octave-send-echo-input
12820 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
12821 command to the inferior Octave process.
12823 octave-send-line-auto-forward
12824 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
12825 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
12827 octave-send-echo-input
12828 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
12830 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
12832 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
12833 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
12835 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
12836 (setq auto-mode-alist
12837 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
12839 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
12840 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
12842 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
12843 (lambda ()
12844 (abbrev-mode 1)
12845 (auto-fill-mode 1)
12846 (if (eq window-system 'x)
12847 (font-lock-mode 1))))
12849 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
12850 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
12851 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
12852 including a reproducible test case and send the message." t nil)
12854 ;;;***
12856 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "options.el"
12857 ;;;;;; (15371 46418))
12858 ;;; Generated autoloads from options.el
12860 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
12861 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
12862 It is now better to use Customize instead." t nil)
12864 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
12865 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
12866 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
12867 in which there are commands to set the option values.
12868 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
12870 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete." t nil)
12872 ;;;***
12874 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "textmodes/outline.el"
12875 ;;;;;; (15391 60719))
12876 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/outline.el
12878 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
12879 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
12880 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
12881 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
12883 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
12884 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
12885 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
12886 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
12888 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
12889 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
12890 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
12891 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
12892 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
12893 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
12895 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
12896 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
12898 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
12899 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
12900 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
12901 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
12902 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
12903 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
12904 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
12905 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
12906 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
12907 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
12908 The subheadings remain visible.
12909 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
12911 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
12912 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
12913 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
12915 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
12916 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
12918 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
12919 Toggle Outline minor mode.
12920 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
12921 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil)
12923 ;;;***
12925 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (15505 59086))
12926 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
12928 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
12929 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
12930 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12931 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12932 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
12934 (custom-add-to-group (quote paren-showing) (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12936 (custom-add-load (quote show-paren-mode) (quote paren))
12938 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
12939 Toggle Show Paren mode.
12940 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
12941 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
12943 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
12944 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time." t nil)
12946 ;;;***
12948 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (15465
12949 ;;;;;; 50527))
12950 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
12952 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
12953 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
12954 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
12956 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
12957 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
12959 Other useful functions are:
12961 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
12962 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
12963 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
12964 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
12965 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
12966 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
12967 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
12968 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
12969 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
12971 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
12973 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
12974 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
12975 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
12976 Indentation for case statements.
12977 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
12978 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
12979 mark after an end.
12980 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
12981 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
12982 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
12983 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
12984 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
12985 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
12986 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
12987 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
12988 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
12989 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
12991 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
12992 pascal-separator-keywords.
12994 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
12995 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
12997 ;;;***
12999 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
13000 ;;;;;; (15371 46419))
13001 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
13003 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
13004 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
13005 The keys affected are:
13006 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
13007 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
13008 M-Backspace does undo.
13009 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
13010 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
13011 C-Escape does list-buffers." t nil)
13013 ;;;***
13015 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
13016 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (15517 64422))
13017 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
13019 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
13020 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
13021 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13022 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13023 use either \\[customize] or the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
13025 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
13027 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select))
13029 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
13030 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
13032 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
13034 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
13035 which modify the status of the mark.
13037 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
13038 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
13040 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
13041 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
13043 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
13044 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
13045 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
13046 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
13047 turning `pc-selection-mode' on.
13049 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
13050 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
13052 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
13053 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
13054 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
13056 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
13057 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
13058 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
13060 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
13061 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
13063 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
13064 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
13065 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
13067 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
13068 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
13069 but before calling `pc-selection-mode'):
13071 F6 other-window
13072 DELETE delete-char
13073 C-DELETE kill-line
13074 M-DELETE kill-word
13075 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
13076 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
13077 M-BACKSPACE undo" t nil)
13079 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
13080 Toggle PC Selection mode.
13081 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
13082 and cursor movement commands.
13083 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
13084 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
13086 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
13088 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select))
13090 ;;;***
13092 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (15371
13093 ;;;;;; 46418))
13094 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
13096 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
13097 Completion rules for the `cvs' command." nil nil)
13099 ;;;***
13101 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
13102 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (15371 46418))
13103 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
13105 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
13106 Completion for `gzip'." nil nil)
13108 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
13109 Completion for `bzip2'." nil nil)
13111 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
13112 Completion for GNU `make'." nil nil)
13114 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
13115 Completion for the GNU tar utility." nil nil)
13117 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
13119 ;;;***
13121 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
13122 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (15371 46418))
13123 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
13125 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
13126 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem." nil nil)
13128 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
13129 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'." nil nil)
13131 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
13132 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'." nil nil)
13134 ;;;***
13136 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (15371
13137 ;;;;;; 46418))
13138 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
13140 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
13141 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
13142 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
13143 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
13144 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
13145 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so." nil nil)
13147 ;;;***
13149 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
13150 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
13151 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (15371 46418))
13152 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
13154 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
13155 Completion for `cd'." nil nil)
13157 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
13159 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
13160 Completion for `rmdir'." nil nil)
13162 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
13163 Completion for `rm'." nil nil)
13165 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
13166 Completion for `xargs'." nil nil)
13168 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
13170 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
13171 Completion for `which'." nil nil)
13173 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
13174 Completion for the `chown' command." nil nil)
13176 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
13177 Completion for the `chgrp' command." nil nil)
13179 ;;;***
13181 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
13182 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
13183 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (15505
13184 ;;;;;; 59086))
13185 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
13187 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
13188 Support extensible programmable completion.
13189 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
13190 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list)." t nil)
13192 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
13193 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards." t nil)
13195 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
13196 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
13197 This will modify the current buffer." t nil)
13199 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
13200 Complete without reference to any cycling completions." t nil)
13202 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
13203 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
13204 This will modify the current buffer." t nil)
13206 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
13207 Display any help information relative to the current argument." t nil)
13209 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
13210 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument." t nil)
13212 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
13213 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
13214 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
13215 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself, this is
13216 `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'." nil nil)
13218 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
13219 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete." nil nil)
13221 ;;;***
13223 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
13224 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
13225 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (15547 22604))
13226 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
13228 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
13229 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
13230 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
13231 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
13233 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use." t nil)
13235 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
13236 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
13237 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
13238 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
13239 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
13240 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
13241 FLAGS is ignored." t nil)
13243 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
13244 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
13245 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
13246 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
13247 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
13248 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
13249 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
13250 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
13252 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
13253 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
13254 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
13255 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
13256 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
13257 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer." t nil)
13259 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
13260 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
13261 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
13262 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
13263 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
13264 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
13265 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
13267 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
13269 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
13270 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
13271 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
13273 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
13274 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
13275 nil means never do it.
13276 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
13277 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
13278 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
13280 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
13281 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
13282 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
13284 ;;;***
13286 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (15400 1473))
13287 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
13289 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) m))
13291 ;;;***
13293 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
13294 ;;;;;; (15441 20097))
13295 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
13297 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
13298 Major mode for editing Perl code.
13299 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
13300 Tab indents for Perl code.
13301 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
13302 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
13303 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13304 \\{perl-mode-map}
13305 Variables controlling indentation style:
13306 `perl-tab-always-indent'
13307 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
13308 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
13309 `perl-tab-to-comment'
13310 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
13311 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
13312 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
13313 `perl-nochange'
13314 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
13315 `perl-indent-level'
13316 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
13317 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
13318 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
13319 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
13320 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
13321 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
13322 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
13323 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
13324 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
13325 `perl-brace-offset'
13326 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
13327 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
13328 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
13329 this far to the right of the start of its line.
13330 `perl-label-offset'
13331 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
13332 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
13333 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
13335 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
13336 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
13337 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
13338 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
13339 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
13340 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
13341 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
13343 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil)
13345 ;;;***
13347 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
13348 ;;;;;; (15507 55753))
13349 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
13351 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
13352 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
13353 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
13354 afterwards settable by these commands:
13355 C-c < Move left after insertion.
13356 C-c > Move right after insertion.
13357 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
13358 C-c . Move down after insertion.
13359 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
13360 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
13361 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
13362 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
13363 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
13364 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
13365 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
13366 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
13367 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
13368 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
13369 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
13370 with these commands:
13371 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
13372 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
13373 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
13374 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
13375 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
13376 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
13377 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
13378 Return Move to beginning of next line.
13379 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
13380 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
13381 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
13382 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
13383 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
13384 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
13385 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
13386 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
13387 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
13388 You can manipulate text with these commands:
13389 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
13390 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
13391 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
13392 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
13393 text is saved in the kill ring.
13394 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
13395 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
13396 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
13397 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
13398 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
13399 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
13400 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
13401 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
13402 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
13403 commands if invoked soon enough.
13404 You can return to the previous mode with:
13405 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
13406 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
13408 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
13410 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
13411 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil)
13413 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
13415 ;;;***
13417 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
13418 ;;;;;; (15517 64423))
13419 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
13421 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
13422 Return a Mule (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file charset.
13423 Called through file-coding-system-alist, before the file is visited for real." nil nil)
13425 ;;;***
13427 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (15464 26331))
13428 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
13430 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
13431 Play pong and waste time.
13432 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
13433 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
13435 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
13437 \\{pong-mode-map}" t nil)
13439 ;;;***
13441 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-to-string)
13442 ;;;;;; "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (15468 23944))
13443 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
13445 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
13446 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
13447 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
13448 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible." nil nil)
13450 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
13451 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
13452 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
13453 can handle, whenever this is possible.
13454 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil)
13456 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
13457 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
13458 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
13459 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
13460 in the variable `values'." t nil)
13462 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
13463 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
13464 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
13465 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil)
13467 ;;;***
13469 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
13470 ;;;;;; (15371 46426))
13471 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
13473 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
13474 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
13475 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
13476 Commands:
13477 \\{prolog-mode-map}
13478 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
13479 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
13481 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
13482 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil)
13484 ;;;***
13486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (15371 46418))
13487 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
13489 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (and (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (boundp (quote installation-directory))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
13490 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
13491 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
13493 ;;;***
13495 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (15505 59092))
13496 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
13497 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.\n" t)
13499 ;;;***
13501 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-header-string-charsets
13502 ;;;;;; ps-mule-encode-header-string ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition
13503 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font
13504 ;;;;;; ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (15371 46418))
13505 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
13507 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
13508 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
13510 Valid values are:
13512 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
13513 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
13514 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
13515 changed by setting the variable
13516 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
13517 The initial value of this variable is
13518 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
13519 documentation).
13521 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
13522 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
13523 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
13524 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
13525 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
13526 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
13527 test it.
13529 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
13530 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
13531 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
13532 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
13533 source file. BDF fonts are included in
13534 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
13535 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
13536 use this value, be sure to have installed
13537 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
13538 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
13539 documentation of this variable).
13541 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
13542 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
13543 characters. This is convenient when you want or
13544 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
13545 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
13546 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
13548 Any other value is treated as nil.")
13550 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
13551 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
13552 STRING should contain only ASCII characters." nil nil)
13554 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
13556 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
13557 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
13559 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
13561 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
13563 Returns the value:
13565 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
13567 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
13568 the sequence." nil nil)
13570 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
13571 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
13573 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
13574 composition.
13576 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
13578 Returns the value:
13580 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
13582 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
13583 the sequence." nil nil)
13585 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
13586 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters." nil nil)
13588 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
13589 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
13590 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\"." nil nil)
13592 (autoload (quote ps-mule-header-string-charsets) "ps-mule" "\
13593 Return a list of character sets that appears in header strings." nil nil)
13595 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
13596 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
13597 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not." nil nil)
13599 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
13601 ;;;***
13603 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
13604 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
13605 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
13606 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
13607 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-paper-type) "ps-print"
13608 ;;;;;; "ps-print.el" (15564 39433))
13609 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
13611 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
13612 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
13613 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
13614 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
13616 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
13617 Customization of ps-print group." t nil)
13619 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
13620 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
13622 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
13623 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
13624 sending it to the printer.
13626 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
13627 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
13628 image in a file with that name." t nil)
13630 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
13631 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
13632 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
13633 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
13634 so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
13636 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
13637 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
13638 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
13640 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
13641 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
13642 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
13643 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
13644 so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
13646 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
13647 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
13648 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
13649 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
13651 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
13653 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
13654 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
13655 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
13656 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
13657 so it has a way to determine color values.
13659 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
13661 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
13662 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
13663 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
13665 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
13667 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
13668 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
13669 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
13670 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
13671 so it has a way to determine color values.
13673 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
13675 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
13676 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
13678 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
13679 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
13680 instead of sending it to the printer.
13682 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
13683 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
13684 image in a file with that name." t nil)
13686 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
13687 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size, using the
13688 current ps-print setup.
13689 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
13690 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil)
13692 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
13693 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
13694 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
13696 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
13697 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
13698 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
13700 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
13701 Return the current PostScript-generation setup." nil nil)
13703 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
13704 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
13706 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
13707 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
13709 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
13710 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
13712 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
13714 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation." nil nil)
13716 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
13717 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
13719 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
13720 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
13722 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
13723 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
13725 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
13727 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
13729 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
13731 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
13732 foreground and background colors respectively.
13734 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
13735 bold - use bold font.
13736 italic - use italic font.
13737 underline - put a line under text.
13738 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
13739 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
13740 shadow - text will have a shadow.
13741 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
13742 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
13744 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored." nil nil)
13746 ;;;***
13748 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
13749 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
13750 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
13751 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
13752 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (15455 18402))
13753 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
13755 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
13756 Return the title of the current Quail package." nil nil)
13758 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
13759 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
13760 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
13762 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
13763 `quail-activate', which see." nil nil)
13765 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
13766 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
13767 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
13768 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
13769 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
13770 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
13771 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
13773 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
13774 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
13775 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
13776 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
13777 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
13778 shown.
13779 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
13781 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
13782 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
13783 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
13784 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
13785 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
13786 list of candidates.
13788 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
13789 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
13790 command to be called.
13792 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
13793 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
13794 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
13795 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
13797 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
13798 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
13799 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
13800 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
13801 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
13802 to t.
13804 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
13805 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
13806 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
13807 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
13809 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
13810 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
13811 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
13812 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
13814 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
13815 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
13816 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
13817 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
13818 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
13819 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
13821 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
13822 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
13823 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
13824 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
13825 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
13826 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
13828 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
13829 covers Quail translation region.
13831 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
13832 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
13833 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
13834 for it) is inserted.
13836 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
13837 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
13838 vs. corresponding command to be called.
13840 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
13841 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
13842 non-Quail commands." nil nil)
13844 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
13845 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
13847 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
13848 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
13849 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
13850 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
13851 you type is correctly handled." t nil)
13853 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
13854 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
13856 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
13857 keyboard type." t nil)
13859 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
13860 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
13861 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
13862 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
13863 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
13864 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
13865 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
13866 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
13867 for the translation.
13868 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
13870 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
13871 it is used to handle KEY.
13873 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
13874 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
13875 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
13876 the following annotation types are supported.
13878 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
13879 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
13881 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
13882 candidate list.
13884 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
13885 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
13886 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
13887 inserted.
13889 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
13890 generated for the following translations." nil (quote macro))
13892 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
13893 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
13895 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
13896 which to install MAP.
13898 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'." nil nil)
13900 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
13901 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
13903 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
13904 which to install MAP.
13906 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'." nil nil)
13908 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
13909 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
13910 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
13911 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
13912 a function, or a cons.
13913 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
13914 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
13915 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
13916 for the translation.
13917 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
13918 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
13919 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
13920 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
13921 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
13923 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
13924 it is used to handle KEY.
13926 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
13927 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
13928 current Quail package.
13930 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
13931 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them." nil nil)
13933 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
13934 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
13936 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
13937 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
13939 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
13941 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
13942 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail." nil nil)
13944 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
13945 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
13946 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
13947 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
13948 of the Emacs source tree.
13950 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
13951 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
13953 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
13954 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
13955 of each directory." t nil)
13957 ;;;***
13959 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
13960 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
13961 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (15371
13962 ;;;;;; 46424))
13963 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
13965 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
13966 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
13967 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
13968 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
13970 To make use of this do something like:
13972 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
13974 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
13976 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
13977 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
13979 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
13980 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
13981 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
13983 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
13984 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP." t nil)
13986 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
13987 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
13989 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
13990 is decided." t nil)
13992 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
13993 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
13995 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
13996 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
13997 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
13999 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
14000 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP." t nil)
14002 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
14003 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing." t nil)
14005 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
14006 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
14008 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
14010 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}" t nil)
14012 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
14013 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'." t nil)
14015 ;;;***
14017 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (15427
14018 ;;;;;; 61508))
14019 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
14021 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
14022 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
14023 See \\[compile]." t nil)
14025 ;;;***
14027 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
14028 ;;;;;; (15391 60528))
14029 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
14031 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
14032 Call up the RE Builder for the current window." t nil)
14034 ;;;***
14036 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode recentf-open-more-files recentf-open-files
14037 ;;;;;; recentf-cleanup recentf-edit-list recentf-save-list) "recentf"
14038 ;;;;;; "recentf.el" (15565 33514))
14039 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
14041 (autoload (quote recentf-save-list) "recentf" "\
14042 Save the current `recentf-list' to the file `recentf-save-file'." t nil)
14044 (autoload (quote recentf-edit-list) "recentf" "\
14045 Allow the user to edit the files that are kept in the recent list." t nil)
14047 (autoload (quote recentf-cleanup) "recentf" "\
14048 Remove all non-readable and excluded files from `recentf-list'." t nil)
14050 (autoload (quote recentf-open-files) "recentf" "\
14051 Display buffer allowing user to choose a file from recently-opened list.
14052 The optional argument FILES may be used to specify the list, otherwise
14053 `recentf-list' is used. The optional argument BUFFER-NAME specifies
14054 which buffer to use for the interaction." t nil)
14056 (autoload (quote recentf-open-more-files) "recentf" "\
14057 Allow the user to open files that are not in the menu." t nil)
14059 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
14060 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
14061 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14062 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14063 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.")
14065 (custom-add-to-group (quote recentf) (quote recentf-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14067 (custom-add-load (quote recentf-mode) (quote recentf))
14069 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
14070 Toggle recentf mode.
14071 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14072 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
14074 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files that
14075 were operated on recently." t nil)
14077 ;;;***
14079 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
14080 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
14081 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
14082 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (15576
14083 ;;;;;; 11370))
14084 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
14086 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
14087 Obsolete. Use `move-to-column'.
14088 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
14089 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
14090 the desired column only if the line is long enough." nil nil)
14092 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
14093 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
14094 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
14095 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
14096 ends.
14098 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
14099 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
14100 to be deleted." t nil)
14102 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
14103 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
14104 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
14106 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
14107 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
14108 deleted." nil nil)
14110 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
14111 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
14112 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
14114 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
14115 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
14117 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
14118 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
14120 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
14121 deleted." t nil)
14123 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
14124 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil)
14126 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
14127 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
14128 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
14129 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
14130 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
14131 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
14132 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil)
14134 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
14135 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
14137 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
14138 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
14140 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
14141 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
14142 on the right side of the rectangle." t nil)
14144 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
14146 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
14147 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
14148 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
14149 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
14150 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
14152 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
14153 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines." t nil)
14155 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
14156 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
14157 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
14159 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING." t nil)
14161 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
14163 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
14164 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
14166 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
14167 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
14168 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text." t nil)
14170 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
14171 Blank out the region-rectangle.
14172 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
14174 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
14175 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
14176 rectangle which were empty." t nil)
14178 ;;;***
14180 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (15417
14181 ;;;;;; 7452))
14182 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
14184 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
14185 Toggle Refill minor mode.
14186 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
14188 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
14189 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
14190 refilling if they would cause auto-filling." t nil)
14192 ;;;***
14194 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el"
14195 ;;;;;; (15371 46417))
14196 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
14198 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
14199 Turn on RefTeX mode." nil nil)
14201 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
14202 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
14204 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
14205 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
14207 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
14208 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
14209 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
14210 \\ref macro.
14212 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
14213 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
14214 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
14216 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
14217 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
14218 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
14220 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
14221 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
14223 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
14224 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
14226 \\{reftex-mode-map}
14227 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
14228 on the menu bar.
14230 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------" t nil)
14232 ;;;***
14234 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
14235 ;;;;;; (15371 46416))
14236 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
14238 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
14239 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
14240 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
14241 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
14242 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formated according
14243 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
14245 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
14247 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
14249 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
14250 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
14251 called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite' command, it will
14252 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
14254 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
14255 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
14256 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
14257 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files." t nil)
14259 ;;;***
14261 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
14262 ;;;;;; (15391 60719))
14263 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
14265 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
14266 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
14267 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
14269 To insert new phrases, use
14270 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
14271 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
14273 To index phrases use one of:
14275 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
14276 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
14277 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
14278 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
14279 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
14281 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
14282 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
14284 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
14286 Here are all local bindings.
14288 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}" t nil)
14290 ;;;***
14292 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
14293 ;;;;;; (15425 28363))
14294 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
14296 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
14297 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
14298 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
14299 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
14300 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
14301 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
14303 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
14304 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
14306 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
14307 by \\=\\< and \\>." nil nil)
14309 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
14310 Return the depth of REGEXP.
14311 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
14312 in REGEXP." nil nil)
14314 ;;;***
14316 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (15371 46418))
14317 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
14319 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
14320 Repeat most recently executed command.
14321 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
14322 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
14323 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
14325 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
14326 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
14327 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'." t nil)
14329 ;;;***
14331 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
14332 ;;;;;; (15371 46424))
14333 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
14335 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
14336 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
14338 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
14339 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
14340 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
14341 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
14342 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
14343 and point is left after the salutation.
14345 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
14346 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
14347 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
14348 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
14349 left after that text.
14351 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
14352 is non-nil.
14354 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
14355 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
14356 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
14357 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message." nil nil)
14359 ;;;***
14361 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
14362 ;;;;;; (15391 60519))
14363 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
14365 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
14366 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
14367 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
14368 visibility of comments that precede it.
14369 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
14370 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
14371 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
14372 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
14373 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
14374 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
14375 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
14376 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
14377 the comment lines.
14378 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
14379 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
14380 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
14381 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
14382 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil)
14383 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
14385 ;;;***
14387 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (15371
14388 ;;;;;; 46418))
14389 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
14391 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
14392 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil)
14394 ;;;***
14396 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
14397 ;;;;;; (15417 7409))
14398 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
14400 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
14401 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
14402 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
14404 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
14405 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
14406 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off." t nil)
14408 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
14409 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
14410 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14411 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14412 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
14414 (custom-add-to-group (quote global-reveal) (quote global-reveal-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14416 (custom-add-load (quote global-reveal-mode) (quote reveal))
14418 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
14419 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
14420 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
14422 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
14423 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
14424 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off." t nil)
14426 ;;;***
14428 ;;;### (autoloads (read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode read-file-name-electric-shadow-tty-properties
14429 ;;;;;; read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow"
14430 ;;;;;; "rfn-eshadow.el" (15507 55752))
14431 ;;; Generated autoloads from rfn-eshadow.el
14433 (defvar read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties (quote (face read-file-name-electric-shadow field shadow)) "\
14434 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
14435 Only used when `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode' is active.
14436 If emacs is not running under a window system,
14437 `read-file-name-electric-shadow-tty-properties' is used instead.")
14439 (defvar read-file-name-electric-shadow-tty-properties (quote (before-string "{" after-string "} " field shadow)) "\
14440 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
14441 Only used when `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode' is active and emacs
14442 is not running under a window-system; if emacs is running under a window
14443 system, `read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties' is used instead.")
14445 (defvar read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode nil "\
14446 Non-nil if Read-File-Name-Electric-Shadow mode is enabled.
14447 See the command `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14448 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14449 use either \\[customize] or the function `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode'.")
14451 (custom-add-to-group (quote minibuffer) (quote read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14453 (custom-add-load (quote read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode) (quote rfn-eshadow))
14455 (autoload (quote read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow" "\
14456 Toggle Read-File-Name Electric Shadow mode.
14457 When active, any part of the a filename being read in the minibuffer
14458 that would be ignored because the result is passed through
14459 `substitute-in-file-name' is given the properties in
14460 `read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties', which can be used to make
14461 that portion dim, invisible, or otherwise less visually noticable.
14463 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14464 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
14466 ;;;***
14468 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
14469 ;;;;;; (15371 46419))
14470 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
14472 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
14473 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil)
14475 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
14476 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil)
14478 ;;;***
14480 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (15507 55753))
14481 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
14482 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
14484 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
14485 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
14486 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
14487 other arguments for `rlogin'.
14489 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
14491 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
14492 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
14493 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
14494 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
14496 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
14497 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
14499 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
14500 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
14502 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
14503 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
14504 INPUT-ARGS.
14506 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
14507 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
14508 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
14509 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
14510 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
14512 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
14513 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
14514 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
14515 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
14517 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
14518 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
14519 variable." t nil)
14521 ;;;***
14523 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
14524 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
14525 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
14526 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
14527 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
14528 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names)
14529 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (15574 49295))
14530 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
14532 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
14533 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
14534 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
14535 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
14537 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
14538 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
14539 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
14540 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
14541 value is the user's email address and name.)
14542 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
14544 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^x-sign:\\|^x-beenthere:\\|^x-mailman-version:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-type:\\|^content-length:" "\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:\\|^x-trace:" "\\|^x-complaints-to:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent:") "\
14545 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
14546 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
14547 which normally happens once for each message,
14548 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
14549 To make a change in this variable take effect
14550 for a message that you have already viewed,
14551 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
14553 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
14554 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
14555 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
14556 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
14558 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
14559 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
14561 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
14562 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
14563 A value of nil means don't highlight.
14564 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
14566 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
14567 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
14569 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
14570 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
14572 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
14573 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
14574 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
14575 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
14576 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
14578 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
14579 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
14581 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
14582 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
14584 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
14585 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
14587 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
14588 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
14590 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
14591 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
14593 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
14594 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
14596 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
14597 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
14599 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
14600 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
14602 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
14603 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
14604 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
14605 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
14607 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
14608 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
14610 This is set to nil by default.")
14612 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
14613 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
14614 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
14615 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
14616 until a user explicitly requires it.")
14618 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
14619 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
14620 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
14621 It is called with no argument.")
14623 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
14624 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
14625 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
14626 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
14627 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
14628 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
14629 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
14631 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
14632 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
14633 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
14634 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
14635 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
14636 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
14638 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
14639 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
14640 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
14641 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
14642 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
14644 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
14645 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
14646 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
14647 It is called with four arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
14648 MSG is the message number,
14649 REGEXP is the regular expression,
14650 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
14652 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
14653 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
14654 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
14655 this feature is required with `require'.")
14657 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
14658 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
14659 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
14660 the message is decoded as normal way.
14662 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
14663 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
14664 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
14666 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
14667 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
14668 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
14670 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
14671 Read and edit incoming mail.
14672 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
14673 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
14674 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
14676 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
14677 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
14678 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
14679 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
14681 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file." t nil)
14683 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
14684 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
14685 All normal editing commands are turned off.
14686 Instead, these commands are available:
14688 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
14689 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
14690 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
14691 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
14692 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
14693 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
14694 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
14695 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
14696 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
14697 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
14698 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
14699 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
14700 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
14701 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
14702 till a deleted message is found.
14703 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
14704 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
14705 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
14706 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
14707 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
14708 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
14709 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
14710 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
14711 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
14712 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
14713 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
14714 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
14715 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
14716 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
14717 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
14718 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
14719 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
14720 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
14721 (label defaults to last one specified).
14722 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
14723 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
14724 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
14725 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
14726 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
14727 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
14728 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
14729 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
14730 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil)
14732 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
14733 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil)
14735 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
14736 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server." t nil)
14738 ;;;***
14740 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
14741 ;;;;;; (15371 46424))
14742 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
14744 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
14745 Edit the contents of this message." t nil)
14747 ;;;***
14749 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
14750 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
14751 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (15371 46424))
14752 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
14754 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
14755 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
14756 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
14758 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
14759 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
14760 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
14762 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" nil nil nil)
14764 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
14765 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
14766 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
14767 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
14768 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels." t nil)
14770 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
14771 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
14772 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
14773 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
14774 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels." t nil)
14776 ;;;***
14778 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
14779 ;;;;;; (15371 46424))
14780 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
14782 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
14783 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
14784 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
14785 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list." t nil)
14787 ;;;***
14789 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
14790 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
14791 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (15575 18328))
14792 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
14794 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
14795 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
14796 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
14797 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
14798 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
14799 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
14800 a file name as a string.")
14802 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
14803 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
14804 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
14805 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
14806 buffer visiting that file.
14807 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
14808 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
14810 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
14811 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
14813 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
14814 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
14816 If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
14817 mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message." t nil)
14819 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
14820 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
14822 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
14823 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
14824 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
14825 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
14826 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
14828 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
14829 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
14830 will be appended with their original headers.
14832 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
14833 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
14835 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
14836 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
14838 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS." t nil)
14840 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
14841 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
14842 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message." t nil)
14844 ;;;***
14846 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
14847 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
14848 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (15371
14849 ;;;;;; 46424))
14850 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
14852 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
14853 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
14854 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14856 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
14857 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
14858 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14860 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
14861 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
14862 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14864 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
14865 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
14866 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14868 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
14869 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
14870 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14872 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
14873 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
14874 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14876 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
14877 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
14878 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
14879 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels." t nil)
14881 ;;;***
14883 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
14884 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
14885 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
14886 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
14887 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (15483 47733))
14888 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
14890 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
14891 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
14893 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
14894 *Non-nil if Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
14896 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
14897 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message." t nil)
14899 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
14900 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
14901 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas." t nil)
14903 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
14904 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
14905 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
14906 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
14907 only look in the To and From fields.
14908 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
14910 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
14911 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
14912 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
14913 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
14914 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary." t nil)
14916 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
14917 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
14918 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
14919 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
14920 look in the whole message.
14921 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
14923 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
14924 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
14925 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas." t nil)
14927 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
14928 *Function to decode summary-line.
14930 By default, `identity' is set.")
14932 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
14933 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
14934 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
14935 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
14936 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
14937 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
14938 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
14940 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
14941 sent by you under different user names.
14942 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail adresses.
14944 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
14946 ;;;***
14948 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
14949 ;;;;;; (15371 46425))
14950 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
14952 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
14953 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
14954 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
14955 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work." t nil)
14957 ;;;***
14959 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window) "rot13"
14960 ;;;;;; "rot13.el" (15371 46418))
14961 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
14963 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
14964 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
14965 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
14967 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
14968 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
14969 in rot 13.
14971 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'." t nil)
14973 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
14974 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window." t nil)
14976 ;;;***
14978 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
14979 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
14980 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
14981 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el"
14982 ;;;;;; (15371 46425))
14983 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el
14985 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
14986 *This variable is obsolete.")
14988 (custom-add-to-group (quote resize-minibuffer) (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14990 (custom-add-load (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote rsz-mini))
14992 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
14993 *This variable is obsolete.")
14995 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
14996 *This variable is obsolete.")
14998 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
14999 *This variable is obsolete.")
15001 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
15002 *This variable is obsolete.")
15004 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
15005 *This variable is obsolete.")
15007 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
15008 This function is obsolete." t nil)
15010 ;;;***
15012 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (15441
15013 ;;;;;; 20091))
15014 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
15016 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
15017 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0." t nil)
15019 ;;;***
15021 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (15371
15022 ;;;;;; 46419))
15023 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
15025 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
15026 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
15027 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
15028 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result." nil nil)
15030 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
15031 Translate a regular expression REGEXP in sexp form to a regexp string.
15032 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
15034 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
15035 notation.
15037 STRING
15038 matches string STRING literally.
15040 CHAR
15041 matches character CHAR literally.
15043 `not-newline'
15044 matches any character except a newline.
15046 `anything'
15047 matches any character
15049 `(any SET)'
15050 matches any character in SET. SET may be a character or string.
15051 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
15053 '(in SET)'
15054 like `any'.
15056 `(not (any SET))'
15057 matches any character not in SET
15059 `line-start'
15060 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
15061 in the text being matched
15063 `line-end'
15064 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
15066 `string-start'
15067 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
15068 string being matched against.
15070 `string-end'
15071 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
15072 string being matched against.
15074 `buffer-start'
15075 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
15076 buffer being matched against.
15078 `buffer-end'
15079 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
15080 buffer being matched against.
15082 `point'
15083 matches the empty string, but only at point.
15085 `word-start'
15086 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
15087 word.
15089 `word-end'
15090 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
15092 `word-boundary'
15093 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
15094 word.
15096 `(not word-boundary)'
15097 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
15098 word.
15100 `digit'
15101 matches 0 through 9.
15103 `control'
15104 matches ASCII control characters.
15106 `hex-digit'
15107 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
15109 `blank'
15110 matches space and tab only.
15112 `graphic'
15113 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
15114 space, and DEL.
15116 `printing'
15117 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
15118 and DEL.
15120 `alphanumeric'
15121 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
15122 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
15124 `letter'
15125 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
15126 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
15128 `ascii'
15129 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
15131 `nonascii'
15132 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
15134 `lower'
15135 matches anything lower-case.
15137 `upper'
15138 matches anything upper-case.
15140 `punctuation'
15141 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
15142 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
15144 `space'
15145 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
15147 `word'
15148 matches anything that has word syntax.
15150 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
15151 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
15152 of the following symbols.
15154 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
15155 `punctuation' (\\s.)
15156 `word' (\\sw)
15157 `symbol' (\\s_)
15158 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
15159 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
15160 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
15161 `string-quote' (\\s\")
15162 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
15163 `escape' (\\s\\)
15164 `character-quote' (\\s/)
15165 `comment-start' (\\s<)
15166 `comment-end' (\\s>)
15168 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
15169 matches a character that has not syntax SYNTAX.
15171 `(category CATEGORY)'
15172 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
15173 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
15175 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
15176 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
15177 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
15178 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
15179 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
15180 `symbol' (\\c5)
15181 `digit' (\\c6)
15182 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
15183 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
15184 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
15185 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
15186 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
15187 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
15188 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
15189 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
15190 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
15191 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
15192 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
15193 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
15194 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
15195 `ascii' (\\ca)
15196 `arabic' (\\cb)
15197 `chinese' (\\cc)
15198 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
15199 `greek' (\\cg)
15200 `korean' (\\ch)
15201 `indian' (\\ci)
15202 `japanese' (\\cj)
15203 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
15204 `latin' (\\cl)
15205 `lao' (\\co)
15206 `tibetan' (\\cq)
15207 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
15208 `thai' (\\ct)
15209 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
15210 `hebrew' (\\cw)
15211 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
15212 `can-break' (\\c|)
15214 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
15215 matches a character that has not category CATEGORY.
15217 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
15218 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
15220 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
15221 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
15222 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
15224 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
15225 another name for `submatch'.
15227 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
15228 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
15229 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
15230 regular expression.
15232 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
15233 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
15234 zero or more occurrances of something are \"greedy\" in that they
15235 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
15236 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
15238 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
15239 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
15241 `(zero-or-more SEXP)'
15242 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP matches.
15244 `(0+ SEXP)'
15245 like `zero-or-more'.
15247 `(* SEXP)'
15248 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
15250 `(*? SEXP)'
15251 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
15253 `(one-or-more SEXP)'
15254 matches one or more occurrences of A.
15256 `(1+ SEXP)'
15257 like `one-or-more'.
15259 `(+ SEXP)'
15260 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
15262 `(+? SEXP)'
15263 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
15265 `(zero-or-one SEXP)'
15266 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
15268 `(optional SEXP)'
15269 like `zero-or-one'.
15271 `(? SEXP)'
15272 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
15274 `(?? SEXP)'
15275 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
15277 `(repeat N SEXP)'
15278 matches N occurrences of what SEXP matches.
15280 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
15281 matches N to M occurrences of what SEXP matches.
15283 `(eval FORM)'
15284 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
15285 `regexp-quote' it.
15287 `(regexp REGEXP)'
15288 include REGEXP in string notation in the result." nil (quote macro))
15290 ;;;***
15292 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
15293 ;;;;;; (15371 46426))
15294 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
15296 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
15297 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
15298 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
15300 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
15301 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
15302 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
15303 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
15304 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
15305 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
15306 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
15307 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
15309 Commands:
15310 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
15311 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
15312 \\{scheme-mode-map}
15313 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
15314 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
15316 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
15317 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
15318 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
15320 Commands:
15321 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
15322 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
15323 \\{scheme-mode-map}
15324 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
15325 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
15326 that variable's value is a string." t nil)
15328 ;;;***
15330 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
15331 ;;;;;; (15371 46421))
15332 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
15334 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
15335 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
15336 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
15338 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil)
15340 ;;;***
15342 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "textmodes/scribe.el" (15400
15343 ;;;;;; 1481))
15344 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/scribe.el
15346 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
15347 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
15348 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
15349 \\{scribe-mode-map}
15351 Interesting variables:
15353 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
15354 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
15356 `scribe-electric-quote'
15357 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
15359 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
15360 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
15361 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
15363 ;;;***
15365 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all"
15366 ;;;;;; "scroll-all.el" (15561 53010))
15367 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
15369 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
15370 Control/track scroll locking.
15372 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15373 use either \\[customize] or the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
15375 (custom-add-to-group (quote windows) (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote custom-variable))
15377 (custom-add-load (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote scroll-all))
15379 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
15380 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode." t nil)
15382 ;;;***
15384 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
15385 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to
15386 ;;;;;; mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator send-mail-function
15387 ;;;;;; mail-yank-ignored-headers mail-interactive mail-self-blind
15388 ;;;;;; mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el"
15389 ;;;;;; (15565 16561))
15390 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
15392 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
15393 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
15395 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
15396 king@grassland.com
15397 If `parens', they look like:
15398 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
15399 If `angles', they look like:
15400 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
15401 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
15402 derived from the envelope-from address.
15404 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
15405 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
15406 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
15407 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
15409 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
15410 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
15411 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
15412 `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
15414 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address
15415 is a privileged operation.")
15417 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
15418 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
15419 This is done when the message is initialized,
15420 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
15422 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
15423 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
15424 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
15426 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
15427 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
15429 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
15430 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
15431 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
15432 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
15433 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
15434 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
15435 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
15437 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
15438 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
15440 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
15441 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
15442 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
15444 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
15445 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
15446 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
15447 when you first send mail.")
15449 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
15450 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
15451 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
15452 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
15453 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
15455 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
15456 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
15457 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
15458 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
15459 This file need not actually exist.")
15461 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
15462 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
15463 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
15464 If a string, that string is inserted.
15465 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
15466 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
15467 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
15468 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
15470 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
15471 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
15472 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
15473 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
15474 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
15475 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
15476 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
15477 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
15478 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
15479 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
15480 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
15481 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
15482 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
15483 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
15484 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order)." t nil)
15486 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
15487 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
15488 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
15489 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
15490 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
15491 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
15493 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
15494 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
15495 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
15497 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
15498 User should not set this variable manually,
15499 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
15500 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
15501 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
15502 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
15504 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
15505 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
15506 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
15507 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
15509 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
15510 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
15512 \\<mail-mode-map>
15513 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
15515 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
15516 to move to message header fields:
15517 \\{mail-mode-map}
15519 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
15520 when the message is initialized.
15522 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
15523 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
15525 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
15526 is inserted.
15528 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
15529 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
15531 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
15532 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
15534 The second through fifth arguments,
15535 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
15536 the initial contents of those header fields.
15537 These arguments should not have final newlines.
15538 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
15539 original message being replied to, or else an action
15540 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
15541 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
15542 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
15543 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
15544 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
15545 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil)
15547 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
15548 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
15550 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
15551 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
15553 ;;;***
15555 ;;;### (autoloads (server-start) "server" "server.el" (15400 1473))
15556 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
15558 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
15559 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
15560 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
15561 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
15562 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
15563 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
15565 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil)
15567 ;;;***
15569 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
15570 ;;;;;; (15549 60246))
15571 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
15573 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
15574 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
15575 Makes > match <.
15576 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
15577 `sgml-quick-keys'.
15579 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
15580 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
15581 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
15583 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
15584 your `.emacs' file.
15586 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
15588 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
15589 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
15590 \\{sgml-mode-map}" t nil)
15592 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
15593 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
15594 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
15595 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
15596 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
15597 which this is based.
15599 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
15601 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
15602 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
15603 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
15604 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
15606 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
15607 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
15608 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
15610 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
15611 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
15612 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
15613 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
15615 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
15616 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
15617 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
15618 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
15620 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
15622 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
15623 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
15624 To work around that, do:
15625 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
15627 \\{html-mode-map}" t nil)
15629 ;;;***
15631 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
15632 ;;;;;; (15441 20097))
15633 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
15635 (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special))
15637 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
15638 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
15639 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
15640 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
15641 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
15642 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
15644 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
15645 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
15646 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
15647 shell-specific features.
15649 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
15650 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
15651 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
15653 \\[sh-case] case statement
15654 \\[sh-for] for loop
15655 \\[sh-function] function definition
15656 \\[sh-if] if statement
15657 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
15658 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
15659 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
15660 \\[sh-select] select loop
15661 \\[sh-until] until loop
15662 \\[sh-while] while loop
15664 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
15665 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
15666 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
15667 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
15668 would indent to the way it currently is.
15669 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
15670 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
15673 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
15674 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
15675 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
15676 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
15677 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
15678 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
15680 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
15681 {, (, [, ', \", `
15682 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
15684 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
15685 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
15686 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
15688 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
15689 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil)
15691 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
15693 ;;;***
15695 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
15696 ;;;;;; (15525 27359))
15697 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
15699 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
15700 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
15702 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
15703 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
15704 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
15705 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
15706 the earlier.
15708 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
15710 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
15712 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
15713 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
15714 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
15716 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
15717 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
15719 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
15720 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
15721 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
15722 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
15723 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
15724 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
15725 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
15726 emacs version).
15728 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
15729 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
15730 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
15731 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
15732 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
15734 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
15735 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
15736 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'." t nil)
15738 ;;;***
15740 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
15741 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (15517
15742 ;;;;;; 64422))
15743 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
15745 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
15746 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
15747 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
15748 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
15749 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
15750 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
15751 in the cluster." t nil)
15753 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
15754 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
15755 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
15756 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
15757 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster')." t nil)
15759 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
15760 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
15761 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
15762 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
15763 hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function).
15764 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
15765 `shadow-define-cluster')." t nil)
15767 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
15768 Set up file shadowing." t nil)
15770 ;;;***
15772 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
15773 ;;;;;; (15547 22604))
15774 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
15776 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
15777 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
15778 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
15779 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
15780 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
15781 arguments.")
15783 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
15784 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
15785 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
15786 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
15787 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
15788 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
15789 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
15790 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
15791 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
15792 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
15793 discards input when it starts up.)
15794 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
15795 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
15796 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
15798 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15799 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15800 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15801 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
15802 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15803 `default-process-coding-system'.
15805 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
15806 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
15807 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
15808 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
15810 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15811 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
15813 ;;;***
15815 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (15400
15816 ;;;;;; 1480))
15817 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
15819 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
15820 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
15821 \\{simula-mode-map}
15822 Variables controlling indentation style:
15823 simula-tab-always-indent
15824 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
15825 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
15826 simula-indent-level
15827 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
15828 simula-substatement-offset
15829 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
15830 simula-continued-statement-offset 3
15831 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
15832 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
15833 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
15834 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
15835 simula-label-offset -4711
15836 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
15837 simula-if-indent '(0 . 0)
15838 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
15839 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
15840 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
15841 simula-inspect-indent '(0 . 0)
15842 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
15843 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
15844 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
15845 simula-electric-indent nil
15846 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
15847 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
15848 simula-abbrev-keyword 'upcase
15849 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
15850 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
15851 or nil if they should not be changed.
15852 simula-abbrev-stdproc 'abbrev-table
15853 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
15854 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
15855 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
15857 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
15858 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil
15860 Warning: simula-mode-hook should not read in an abbrev file without calling
15861 the function simula-install-standard-abbrevs afterwards, preferably not
15862 at all." t nil)
15864 ;;;***
15866 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy
15867 ;;;;;; skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el"
15868 ;;;;;; (15371 46425))
15869 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
15871 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
15872 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
15874 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
15875 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
15876 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
15877 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
15878 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil (quote macro))
15880 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
15881 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
15882 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
15883 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
15884 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
15885 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
15886 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
15888 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
15889 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
15890 ignored." t nil)
15892 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy) "skeleton" "\
15893 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
15894 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
15895 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
15896 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
15897 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
15898 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
15900 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
15901 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
15902 ignored." t nil)
15904 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
15905 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
15907 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
15908 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
15909 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
15910 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
15912 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
15913 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
15914 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
15915 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
15917 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
15918 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
15919 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
15921 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
15922 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
15924 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
15925 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
15927 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
15928 _ interesting point, interregion here
15929 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
15930 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
15931 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
15932 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
15933 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
15934 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
15935 nil skipped
15937 After termination, point will be positioned at the first occurrence
15938 of _ or @ or at the end of the inserted text.
15940 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
15941 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
15942 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
15943 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
15944 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
15945 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
15946 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
15947 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
15949 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
15950 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
15951 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
15952 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
15953 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
15954 available:
15956 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
15957 then: insert previously read string once more
15958 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
15959 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
15960 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
15962 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
15963 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil)
15965 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
15966 Insert the character you type ARG times.
15968 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
15969 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
15970 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
15971 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
15972 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
15973 such as backslash.
15975 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
15976 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
15977 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil)
15979 ;;;***
15981 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (15371
15982 ;;;;;; 46426))
15983 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
15985 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
15986 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
15987 \\{smerge-mode-map}" t nil)
15989 ;;;***
15991 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "gnus/smiley-ems.el"
15992 ;;;;;; (15371 46420))
15993 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley-ems.el
15995 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "\
15996 Display textual smileys as images.
15997 START and END specify the region; interactively, use the values
15998 of point and mark. The value of `smiley-regexp-alist' determines
15999 which smileys to operate on and which images to use for them." t nil)
16001 ;;;***
16003 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el"
16004 ;;;;;; (15561 53010))
16005 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
16007 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" nil nil nil)
16009 ;;;***
16011 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (15547 22608))
16012 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
16014 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
16015 Play the Snake game.
16016 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
16018 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
16020 Snake mode keybindings:
16021 \\<snake-mode-map>
16022 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
16023 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
16024 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
16025 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
16026 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
16027 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
16028 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down" t nil)
16030 ;;;***
16032 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
16033 ;;;;;; (15505 59088))
16034 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
16036 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
16037 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
16038 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
16039 Tab indents for C code.
16040 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
16041 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
16042 \\{snmp-mode-map}
16043 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
16044 `snmp-mode-hook'." t nil)
16046 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
16047 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
16048 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
16049 Tab indents for C code.
16050 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
16051 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
16052 \\{snmp-mode-map}
16053 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
16054 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'." t nil)
16056 ;;;***
16058 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
16059 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
16060 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (15547 22605))
16061 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
16063 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
16064 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
16066 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
16067 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
16068 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
16070 For example, the form
16072 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
16073 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
16075 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
16077 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
16078 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
16080 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
16081 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
16082 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
16083 York City.
16085 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
16087 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
16088 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
16090 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
16091 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
16092 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
16093 York City.
16095 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
16097 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
16098 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
16099 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
16100 pair.
16102 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
16104 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
16105 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
16106 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
16108 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
16109 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
16111 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
16113 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
16114 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
16115 Requires floating point." nil nil)
16117 ;;;***
16119 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (15547
16120 ;;;;;; 22608))
16121 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
16123 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
16124 Play Solitaire.
16126 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
16127 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
16128 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
16129 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
16130 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
16131 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
16132 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
16133 check after each move or undo)
16135 What is Solitaire?
16137 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
16138 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
16139 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
16141 Le Solitaire
16142 ============
16144 o o o
16146 o o o
16148 o o o o o o o
16150 o o o . o o o
16152 o o o o o o o
16154 o o o
16156 o o o
16158 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
16159 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
16160 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
16161 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
16163 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
16164 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
16165 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
16166 this: o o .
16168 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
16169 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
16171 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
16173 o o o
16175 . o o
16177 o o . o o o o
16179 o . o o o o o
16181 o o o o o o o
16183 o o o
16185 o o o
16187 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
16189 \\{solitaire-mode-map}" t nil)
16191 ;;;***
16193 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
16194 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
16195 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (15547 22604))
16196 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
16198 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
16199 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
16200 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN.
16202 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
16203 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
16204 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
16205 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
16206 contiguous.
16208 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
16209 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
16210 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16211 the sort order.
16213 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
16214 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
16216 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
16217 It moves point to the start of the next record.
16218 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
16219 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
16220 is called.
16222 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
16223 It should move point to the end of the record.
16225 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
16226 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
16227 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
16228 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
16229 starts at the beginning of the record.
16231 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
16232 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
16233 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil)
16235 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
16236 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
16237 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
16238 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
16239 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16240 the sort order." t nil)
16242 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
16243 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
16244 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
16245 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
16246 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16247 the sort order." t nil)
16249 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
16250 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
16251 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
16252 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
16253 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16254 the sort order." t nil)
16256 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
16257 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
16258 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
16259 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
16260 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
16261 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
16262 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
16263 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
16264 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil)
16266 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
16267 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
16268 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
16269 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
16270 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
16271 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
16272 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16273 the sort order." t nil)
16275 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
16276 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
16277 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
16278 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
16279 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
16280 is to be used for sorting.
16281 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
16282 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
16283 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
16284 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
16285 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
16287 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
16289 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16290 the sort order.
16292 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
16293 starting with the letter \"f\",
16294 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil)
16296 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
16297 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
16298 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
16299 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
16300 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
16301 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
16302 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16303 the sort order.
16305 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
16306 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
16307 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
16308 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
16309 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil)
16311 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
16312 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
16313 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil)
16315 ;;;***
16317 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
16318 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (15548 17734))
16319 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
16321 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
16323 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
16324 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
16325 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
16326 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
16327 supported at a time.
16328 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
16329 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted." t nil)
16331 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
16332 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
16333 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
16334 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame." t nil)
16336 ;;;***
16338 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
16339 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (15371 46417))
16340 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
16342 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
16344 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
16345 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
16346 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
16347 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
16348 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
16349 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil)
16351 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
16352 Check spelling of word at or before point.
16353 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
16354 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil)
16356 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
16357 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
16358 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
16359 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
16360 for example, \"word\"." t nil)
16362 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
16363 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil)
16365 ;;;***
16367 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (15371
16368 ;;;;;; 46425))
16369 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
16371 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
16372 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
16374 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
16375 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil)
16377 ;;;***
16379 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres sql-ms sql-ingres
16380 ;;;;;; sql-solid sql-mysql sql-informix sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-mode
16381 ;;;;;; sql-help) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (15441 20097))
16382 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
16384 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
16385 Show short help for the SQL modes.
16387 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
16388 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
16390 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
16392 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
16393 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
16395 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
16397 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
16398 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
16399 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
16400 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
16401 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
16402 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
16403 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
16405 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
16407 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
16408 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
16409 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
16410 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
16412 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
16413 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
16414 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
16415 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
16417 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
16418 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
16419 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." t nil)
16421 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
16422 Major mode to edit SQL.
16424 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
16425 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
16426 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
16428 \\{sql-mode-map}
16429 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
16431 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
16432 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
16433 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
16434 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
16435 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
16436 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
16438 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
16439 `sql-interactive-mode'.
16441 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
16442 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
16443 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
16445 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
16446 (lambda ()
16447 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))" t nil)
16449 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
16450 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
16452 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16453 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16454 `*SQL*'.
16456 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
16457 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
16458 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
16459 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
16461 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16462 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16464 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16465 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16466 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16467 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16468 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16469 `default-process-coding-system'.
16471 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16473 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
16474 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
16476 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16477 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16478 `*SQL*'.
16480 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
16481 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
16482 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
16483 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
16485 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16486 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16488 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16489 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16490 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16491 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16492 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16493 `default-process-coding-system'.
16495 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16497 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
16498 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
16500 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16501 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16502 `*SQL*'.
16504 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
16505 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
16507 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16508 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16510 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16511 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16512 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16513 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16514 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16515 `default-process-coding-system'.
16517 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16519 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
16520 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
16522 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
16524 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16525 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16526 `*SQL*'.
16528 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
16529 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
16530 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
16531 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
16533 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16534 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16536 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16537 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16538 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16539 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16540 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16541 `default-process-coding-system'.
16543 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16545 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
16546 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
16548 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16549 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16550 `*SQL*'.
16552 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
16553 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
16554 defaults, if set.
16556 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16557 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16559 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16560 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16561 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16562 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16563 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16564 `default-process-coding-system'.
16566 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16568 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
16569 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
16571 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16572 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16573 `*SQL*'.
16575 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
16576 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
16578 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16579 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16581 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16582 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16583 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16584 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16585 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16586 `default-process-coding-system'.
16588 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16590 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
16591 Run isql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
16593 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16594 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16595 `*SQL*'.
16597 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
16598 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
16599 as defaults, if set.
16601 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16602 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16604 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16605 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16606 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16607 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16608 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16609 `default-process-coding-system'.
16611 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16613 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
16614 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
16616 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16617 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16618 `*SQL*'.
16620 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
16621 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
16622 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
16623 `sql-postgres-options'.
16625 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16626 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16628 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16629 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16630 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16631 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16632 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16633 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
16634 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
16635 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
16637 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
16638 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
16640 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16642 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
16643 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
16645 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16646 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16647 `*SQL*'.
16649 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
16650 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
16651 defaults, if set.
16653 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16654 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16656 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16657 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16658 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16659 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16660 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16661 `default-process-coding-system'.
16663 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16665 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
16666 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
16668 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16669 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16670 `*SQL*'.
16672 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
16673 automatic login.
16675 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16676 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16678 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
16679 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
16680 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
16681 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
16683 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16684 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16685 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16686 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16687 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16688 `default-process-coding-system'.
16690 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16692 ;;;***
16694 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
16695 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
16696 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
16697 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
16698 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke strokes-mode) "strokes" "strokes.el"
16699 ;;;;;; (15571 26633))
16700 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
16702 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
16703 Non-nil when `strokes' is globally enabled.
16704 Setting this variable directly does not take effect. Use either Customize
16705 or M-x strokes-mode.")
16707 (custom-add-to-group (quote strokes) (quote strokes-mode) (quote custom-variable))
16709 (custom-add-load (quote strokes-mode) (quote strokes))
16711 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
16712 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
16713 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
16714 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
16715 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
16716 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function." t nil)
16718 (defalias (quote global-set-stroke) (quote strokes-global-set-stroke))
16720 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
16721 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
16722 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
16723 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
16724 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
16725 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
16726 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
16728 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
16729 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
16730 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
16731 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
16732 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button1 or button2 and
16733 then complete the stroke with button3.
16734 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
16736 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
16737 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
16738 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
16740 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
16741 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
16742 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
16744 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
16745 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively." t nil)
16747 (defalias (quote describe-stroke) (quote strokes-describe-stroke))
16749 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
16750 Get instructional help on using the `strokes' package." t nil)
16752 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
16753 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'." t nil)
16755 (defalias (quote load-user-strokes) (quote strokes-load-user-strokes))
16757 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
16758 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
16759 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
16760 chronologically by command name.
16761 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead." t nil)
16763 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
16764 Toggle strokes being enabled.
16765 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive or true.
16766 Note that `strokes-mode' is a global mode. Think of it as a minor
16767 mode in all buffers when activated.
16768 By default, strokes are invoked with mouse button-2. You can define
16769 new strokes with
16771 > M-x global-set-stroke
16773 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
16774 S-mouse-2, which draws strokes and inserts them. Encode/decode your
16775 strokes with
16777 > M-x strokes-encode-buffer
16778 > M-x strokes-decode-buffer" t nil)
16780 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
16781 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
16782 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
16783 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status." t nil)
16785 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
16786 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer." t nil)
16788 ;;;***
16790 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
16791 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (15391 60712))
16792 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
16794 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
16795 Studlify-case the region." t nil)
16797 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
16798 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument." t nil)
16800 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
16801 Studlify-case the current buffer." t nil)
16803 ;;;***
16805 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
16806 ;;;;;; (15505 59088))
16807 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
16809 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
16810 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
16811 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
16812 function according to the agreed upon standard. See `\\[sc-describe]'
16813 for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
16814 original message but it does require a few things:
16816 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
16818 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
16819 reply buffer.
16821 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
16822 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
16823 original message.
16825 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
16827 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
16829 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
16830 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
16831 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function." nil nil)
16833 ;;;***
16835 ;;;### (autoloads (syntax-ppss) "syntax" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" (15569
16836 ;;;;;; 32087))
16837 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/syntax.el
16839 (autoload (quote syntax-ppss) "syntax" "\
16840 Parse-Partial-Sexp State at POS.
16841 The returned value is the same as `parse-partial-sexp' except that
16842 the 2nd and 6th values of the returned state cannot be relied upon.
16844 If the caller knows the PPSS of a nearby position, she can pass it
16845 in OLP-PPSS (with or without its corresponding OLD-POS) to try and
16846 avoid a more expansive scan.
16847 Point is at POS when this function returns." nil nil)
16849 ;;;***
16851 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (15371 46416))
16852 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
16854 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
16855 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
16856 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
16857 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
16858 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
16860 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
16861 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
16862 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
16863 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
16864 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
16865 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
16866 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
16868 ;;;***
16870 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (15569 32087))
16871 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
16873 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
16874 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group." t nil)
16876 ;;;***
16878 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (15525 27359))
16879 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
16881 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
16882 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
16883 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
16884 Letters no longer insert themselves.
16885 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
16886 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
16887 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
16889 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
16890 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
16891 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
16892 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
16894 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
16895 \\{tar-mode-map}" t nil)
16897 ;;;***
16899 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
16900 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (15547 22609))
16901 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
16903 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
16904 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
16905 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
16906 Tab indents for Tcl code.
16907 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
16908 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
16910 Variables controlling indentation style:
16911 `tcl-indent-level'
16912 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
16913 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
16914 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
16916 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
16917 documentation for details):
16918 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
16919 Controls action of TAB key.
16920 `tcl-auto-newline'
16921 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
16922 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
16923 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
16924 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
16925 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
16927 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook'
16928 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
16929 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
16930 already exist.
16932 Commands:
16933 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil)
16935 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
16936 Run inferior Tcl process.
16937 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
16938 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil)
16940 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
16941 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
16942 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil)
16944 ;;;***
16946 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (15441 20096))
16947 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
16948 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
16950 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
16951 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
16952 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
16953 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
16954 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
16955 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
16956 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
16957 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
16959 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
16960 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
16961 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
16962 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
16964 ;;;***
16966 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (15551
16967 ;;;;;; 21567))
16968 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
16970 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
16971 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
16972 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
16973 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
16974 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
16975 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
16977 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
16978 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
16980 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
16981 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
16983 ;;;***
16985 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (15505
16986 ;;;;;; 59087))
16987 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
16989 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
16990 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
16991 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
16992 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
16993 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
16994 program as keyboard input.
16996 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
16997 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
16998 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
16999 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
17001 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
17002 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
17003 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
17004 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
17005 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
17007 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
17009 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
17010 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
17011 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
17012 terminal-redisplay-interval.
17014 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
17015 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
17016 subprocess started." t nil)
17018 ;;;***
17020 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (15547 22608))
17021 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
17023 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
17024 Play the Tetris game.
17025 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
17026 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
17027 as to form complete rows.
17029 tetris-mode keybindings:
17030 \\<tetris-mode-map>
17031 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
17032 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
17033 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
17034 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
17035 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
17036 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
17037 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
17038 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
17040 " t nil)
17042 ;;;***
17044 ;;;### (autoloads (tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode plain-tex-mode
17045 ;;;;;; tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
17046 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
17047 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
17048 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
17049 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
17050 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
17051 ;;;;;; (15568 22304))
17052 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
17054 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
17055 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
17057 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
17058 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
17059 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
17060 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
17061 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
17063 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
17064 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
17065 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
17066 if it matches the first line of the file,
17067 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
17069 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
17070 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
17071 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
17072 if the variable is non-nil.")
17074 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
17075 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
17077 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
17078 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
17079 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
17080 See the documentation of that variable.")
17082 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
17083 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
17084 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
17085 See the documentation of that variable.")
17087 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
17088 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
17089 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
17090 See the documentation of that variable.")
17092 (defvar tex-start-options nil "\
17093 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
17094 These precede the commands in `tex-start-options'
17095 and the input file name. If nil, TeX runs with no options.
17096 See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
17098 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
17099 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
17100 These precede the input file name. If nil, no commands are used.
17101 See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
17103 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
17104 *User defined LaTeX block names.
17105 Combined with `standard-latex-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
17107 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
17108 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
17109 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
17110 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
17112 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
17113 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
17114 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
17115 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
17117 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
17118 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
17119 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
17120 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
17122 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
17123 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
17124 for example,
17126 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
17127 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
17129 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
17130 use.")
17132 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command nil "\
17133 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
17134 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
17135 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
17137 This can be set conditionally so that the previewer used is suitable for the
17138 window system being used. For example,
17140 (setq tex-dvi-view-command
17141 (if (eq window-system 'x) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\"))
17143 would tell \\[tex-view] to use xdvi under X windows and to use dvi2tty
17144 otherwise.")
17146 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
17147 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
17148 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
17150 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
17151 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
17152 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
17153 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
17154 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
17156 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
17157 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
17159 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
17160 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
17162 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
17163 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
17164 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
17165 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
17166 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
17167 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
17168 says which mode to use." t nil)
17170 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
17172 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
17174 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
17176 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
17177 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
17178 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
17179 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
17180 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
17182 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
17183 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
17184 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
17185 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
17186 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
17187 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
17188 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
17190 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
17191 mismatched $'s or braces.
17193 Special commands:
17194 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
17196 Mode variables:
17197 tex-run-command
17198 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
17199 tex-directory
17200 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
17201 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
17202 tex-dvi-print-command
17203 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
17204 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
17205 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
17206 argument) to print a .dvi file.
17207 tex-dvi-view-command
17208 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
17209 tex-show-queue-command
17210 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
17211 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
17213 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
17214 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
17215 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
17217 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
17218 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
17219 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
17220 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
17221 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
17223 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
17224 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
17225 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
17226 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
17227 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
17228 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
17229 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
17231 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
17232 mismatched $'s or braces.
17234 Special commands:
17235 \\{latex-mode-map}
17237 Mode variables:
17238 latex-run-command
17239 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
17240 tex-directory
17241 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
17242 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
17243 tex-dvi-print-command
17244 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
17245 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
17246 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
17247 argument) to print a .dvi file.
17248 tex-dvi-view-command
17249 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
17250 tex-show-queue-command
17251 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
17252 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
17254 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
17255 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
17256 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
17258 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
17259 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
17260 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
17261 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
17262 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
17264 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
17265 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
17266 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
17267 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
17268 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
17269 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
17270 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
17272 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
17273 mismatched $'s or braces.
17275 Special commands:
17276 \\{slitex-mode-map}
17278 Mode variables:
17279 slitex-run-command
17280 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
17281 tex-directory
17282 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
17283 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
17284 tex-dvi-print-command
17285 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
17286 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
17287 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
17288 argument) to print a .dvi file.
17289 tex-dvi-view-command
17290 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
17291 tex-show-queue-command
17292 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
17293 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
17295 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
17296 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
17297 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
17298 `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
17300 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" nil nil nil)
17302 ;;;***
17304 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
17305 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (15505 59092))
17306 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
17308 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
17309 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
17310 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
17311 name specified in the @setfilename command.
17313 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
17314 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
17315 Info-split to do these manually." t nil)
17317 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
17318 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
17319 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
17320 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
17321 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil)
17323 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
17324 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
17325 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
17326 names specified in the @setfilename command.
17328 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
17329 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
17330 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
17331 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
17333 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
17334 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually." t nil)
17336 ;;;***
17338 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
17339 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (15565 33607))
17340 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
17342 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
17343 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
17345 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
17346 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
17348 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
17349 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
17351 It has these extra commands:
17352 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
17354 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
17355 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
17356 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
17357 modified version of TeX input format.
17359 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
17360 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
17361 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
17362 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
17364 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
17365 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
17366 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
17367 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
17368 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
17369 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
17370 in the Texinfo file.
17372 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
17373 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
17374 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
17375 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
17376 move forward past the closing brace.
17378 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
17379 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
17381 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
17382 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
17383 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
17385 Here are the functions:
17387 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
17388 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
17389 texinfo-sequential-node-update
17391 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
17392 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
17393 texinfo-master-menu
17395 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
17397 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
17398 which menu descriptions are indented.
17400 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
17401 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
17402 in the region.
17404 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
17405 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
17406 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
17407 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
17409 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
17410 be the first node in the file.
17412 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
17413 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'." t nil)
17415 ;;;***
17417 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion
17418 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region)
17419 ;;;;;; "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (15391 60704))
17420 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
17422 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
17423 Compose Thai characters in the region.
17424 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
17425 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
17427 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
17428 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string." nil nil)
17430 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
17431 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer." t nil)
17433 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil)
17435 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
17436 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
17437 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
17438 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
17439 to compose.
17441 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
17443 ;;;***
17445 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
17446 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
17447 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (15371 46418))
17448 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
17450 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
17451 Move forward to the end of the next THING." nil nil)
17453 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
17454 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
17455 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
17456 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
17457 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
17459 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
17460 a symbol as a valid THING.
17462 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
17463 of the textual entity that was found." nil nil)
17465 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
17466 Return the THING at point.
17467 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
17468 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
17469 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
17471 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
17472 a symbol as a valid THING." nil nil)
17474 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
17476 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
17478 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
17480 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
17482 ;;;***
17484 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-conversion tibetan-post-read-conversion
17485 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer tibetan-composition-function
17486 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
17487 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
17488 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (15566
17489 ;;;;;; 54821))
17490 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
17492 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
17493 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
17494 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil." nil nil)
17496 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
17497 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string." nil nil)
17499 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
17500 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
17501 The returned string has no composition information." nil nil)
17503 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
17504 Compose Tibetan string STR." nil nil)
17506 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
17507 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END." t nil)
17509 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
17510 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
17511 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
17512 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences." t nil)
17514 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
17515 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
17516 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
17517 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences." nil nil)
17519 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
17521 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
17522 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
17523 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'." t nil)
17525 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
17526 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
17527 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region." t nil)
17529 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
17531 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
17533 ;;;***
17535 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
17536 ;;;;;; (15505 59092))
17537 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
17539 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
17540 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
17541 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
17542 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
17543 parameters.
17544 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
17546 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
17547 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
17548 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
17549 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
17550 parameters.
17551 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
17553 ;;;***
17555 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
17556 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (15566 59716))
17557 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
17559 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
17560 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
17562 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
17563 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
17564 This display updates automatically every minute.
17565 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
17566 are displayed as well.
17567 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
17569 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
17570 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
17571 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17572 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17573 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
17575 (custom-add-to-group (quote display-time) (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17577 (custom-add-load (quote display-time-mode) (quote time))
17579 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
17580 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
17581 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
17583 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
17584 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
17585 are displayed as well.
17586 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
17588 ;;;***
17590 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
17591 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
17592 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time date-to-time)
17593 ;;;;;; "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (15450 56230))
17594 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
17596 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
17597 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value." nil nil)
17599 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
17600 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value." nil nil)
17602 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
17603 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2." nil nil)
17605 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
17606 Convert DAYS into a time value." nil nil)
17608 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
17609 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
17610 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string." nil nil)
17612 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
17614 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
17615 Subtract two time values.
17616 Return the difference in the format of a time value." nil nil)
17618 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
17619 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference." nil nil)
17621 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
17622 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
17623 DATE should be a date-time string." nil nil)
17625 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
17626 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
17627 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings." nil nil)
17629 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
17630 Return t if YEAR is a leap year." nil nil)
17632 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
17633 Return the day number within the year of the date month/day/year." nil nil)
17635 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
17636 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
17637 TIME should be a time value.
17638 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary." nil nil)
17640 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
17641 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
17642 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros." nil nil)
17644 ;;;***
17646 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
17647 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (15573 52062))
17648 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
17650 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
17651 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
17652 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
17653 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
17654 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
17655 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
17656 look like one of the following:
17657 Time-stamp: <>
17658 Time-stamp: \" \"
17659 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
17660 Time-stamp: <1998-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
17661 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
17662 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
17663 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
17664 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
17665 template." t nil)
17667 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
17668 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
17669 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
17671 ;;;***
17673 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
17674 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
17675 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
17676 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
17677 ;;;;;; (15371 46418))
17678 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
17680 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
17681 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
17682 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil, the modeline will be
17683 updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise, the
17684 timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its updating.
17685 With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only if ARG is
17686 positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline display
17687 \(non-nil means on)." t nil)
17689 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
17690 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
17691 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
17692 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
17693 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
17694 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
17695 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
17696 this function is called within a day.
17698 PROJECT as the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
17699 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
17700 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
17701 discover the name of the project." t nil)
17703 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
17704 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
17705 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
17706 begun during the last time segment.
17708 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
17709 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
17710 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
17711 discover the reason." t nil)
17713 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
17714 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment." t nil)
17716 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
17717 Change to working on a different project, by clocking in then out.
17718 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as having been
17719 finished at the time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last
17720 project you were working on." t nil)
17722 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
17723 Ask the user before clocking out.
17724 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-hook'." nil nil)
17726 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
17727 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
17728 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'." t nil)
17730 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
17731 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
17732 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
17733 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
17734 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
17735 \"relative to today\"." t nil)
17737 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
17738 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
17739 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
17740 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked." t nil)
17742 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
17743 Return a string representing at what time the workday ends today.
17744 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
17745 NO-MESSAGE is non-nil, no messages will be displayed in the
17746 minibuffer. If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned
17747 will include seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned
17748 will be relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
17749 This argument only makes a difference if `timeclock-relative' is
17750 non-nil." t nil)
17752 ;;;***
17754 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
17755 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
17756 ;;;;;; "timer.el" (15371 46418))
17757 ;;; Generated autoloads from timer.el
17759 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
17761 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
17762 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers." nil nil)
17764 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
17765 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION." t nil)
17767 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
17768 Perform an action at time TIME.
17769 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
17770 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
17771 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
17772 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
17773 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
17774 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
17776 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
17778 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
17779 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
17780 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
17781 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
17782 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
17784 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
17786 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
17787 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
17788 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
17789 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'." nil nil)
17791 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
17792 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
17793 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
17794 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
17796 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
17797 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
17799 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
17800 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
17802 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
17803 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
17804 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
17805 The call should look like:
17806 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
17807 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
17808 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
17809 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
17810 be detected." nil (quote macro))
17812 ;;;***
17814 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
17815 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (15547 22607))
17816 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
17818 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
17819 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
17820 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
17821 the generated Quail package is saved." t nil)
17823 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
17824 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
17825 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
17826 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
17827 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
17828 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
17829 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\"." nil nil)
17831 ;;;***
17833 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
17834 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (15557 64393))
17835 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
17836 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
17837 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
17838 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
17840 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
17841 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
17842 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
17843 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
17844 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice." t nil)
17846 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
17847 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
17848 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
17849 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
17850 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'." t nil)
17852 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
17853 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
17854 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
17855 in the menu in two ways:
17856 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
17857 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
17858 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
17860 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
17861 keymap or an alist of alists.
17862 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
17863 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU." nil nil)
17865 ;;;***
17867 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
17868 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
17869 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (15391 60522))
17870 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
17872 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
17873 Add new category CAT to the TODO list." t nil)
17875 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
17876 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY." nil nil)
17878 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
17879 Insert new TODO list entry.
17880 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
17881 category." t nil)
17883 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
17884 List top priorities for each category.
17886 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
17887 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
17889 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
17890 between each category." t nil)
17892 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
17893 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
17894 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
17895 between each category.
17897 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'." t nil)
17899 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
17900 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
17902 \\{todo-mode-map}" t nil)
17904 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
17905 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary." nil nil)
17907 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
17908 Show TODO list." t nil)
17910 ;;;***
17912 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
17913 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar"
17914 ;;;;;; "toolbar/tool-bar.el" (15572 42737))
17915 ;;; Generated autoloads from toolbar/tool-bar.el
17917 (defvar tool-bar-mode nil "\
17918 Non-nil if Tool-Bar mode is enabled.
17919 See the command `tool-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17920 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17921 use either \\[customize] or the function `tool-bar-mode'.")
17923 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17925 (custom-add-load (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote tool-bar))
17927 (autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "\
17928 Toggle use of the tool bar.
17929 With numeric ARG, display the tool bar if and only if ARG is positive.
17931 See `tool-bar-add-item' and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' for
17932 conveniently adding tool bar items." t nil)
17934 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
17936 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
17937 Add an item to the tool bar.
17938 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
17939 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
17940 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
17941 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
17943 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
17944 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
17945 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
17947 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
17948 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'." nil nil)
17950 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
17951 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
17952 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
17953 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
17954 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
17955 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
17957 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
17958 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
17959 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'." nil nil)
17961 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
17962 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
17963 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
17964 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
17965 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
17966 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
17967 properties to add to the binding.
17969 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
17971 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
17972 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'." nil nil)
17974 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
17975 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
17976 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
17977 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
17978 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
17979 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
17980 properties to add to the binding.
17982 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap." nil nil)
17984 ;;;***
17986 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
17987 ;;;;;; (15427 61506))
17988 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
17990 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
17991 Mode for tooltip display.
17992 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
17994 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
17995 Toggle tooltip-mode.
17996 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17997 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
17999 (custom-add-to-group (quote tooltip) (quote tooltip-mode) (quote custom-variable))
18001 (custom-add-load (quote tooltip-mode) (quote tooltip))
18003 ;;;***
18005 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (15417
18006 ;;;;;; 7421))
18007 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
18009 (defalias (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
18011 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
18013 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
18014 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil)
18016 ;;;***
18018 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
18019 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (15371 46419))
18020 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
18022 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
18023 Set scroll margins." t nil)
18025 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
18026 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil)
18028 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
18029 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil)
18031 ;;;***
18033 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (15371 46419))
18034 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
18036 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
18037 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
18038 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
18039 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
18040 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil)
18042 ;;;***
18044 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
18045 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (15371 46419))
18046 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
18048 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
18049 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
18051 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
18052 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
18053 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
18054 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
18055 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
18056 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
18057 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
18058 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil)
18060 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
18061 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
18062 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
18063 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
18064 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
18065 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
18066 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil)
18068 ;;;***
18070 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
18071 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (15371 46417))
18072 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
18073 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
18074 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
18075 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
18077 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
18078 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
18079 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
18080 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
18081 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
18082 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
18083 first and the associated buffer to its right." t nil)
18085 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
18086 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
18087 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
18088 accepting the proposed default buffer.
18090 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
18092 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
18093 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
18094 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
18095 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
18096 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
18097 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
18098 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
18100 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
18101 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
18103 First column's text sSs Second column's text
18104 \\___/\\
18105 / \\
18106 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
18108 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
18110 ;;;***
18112 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
18113 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
18114 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
18115 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (15371 46418))
18116 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
18118 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
18119 Toggle typing break mode.
18120 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
18121 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18122 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
18124 (custom-add-to-group (quote type-break) (quote type-break-mode) (quote custom-variable))
18126 (custom-add-load (quote type-break-mode) (quote type-break))
18128 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
18129 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
18131 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
18132 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
18134 When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between
18135 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
18136 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
18138 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
18139 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
18141 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
18142 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
18143 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
18145 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
18146 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
18147 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
18148 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
18149 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
18150 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
18152 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
18153 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
18154 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
18155 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
18157 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
18158 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
18160 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
18161 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
18163 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
18164 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
18165 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
18167 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
18168 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
18169 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
18170 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
18171 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
18172 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
18173 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
18175 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
18176 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
18178 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
18179 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
18180 reset the keystroke counter.
18182 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
18183 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
18184 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
18185 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
18187 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
18188 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
18189 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
18190 `type-break-schedule' command.
18192 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
18193 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
18194 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
18195 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
18196 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
18197 or not to continue.
18199 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
18200 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
18201 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
18202 approximate good values for this.
18204 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
18205 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
18207 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
18208 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
18209 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
18210 `type-break-warning-repeat'
18211 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
18212 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
18214 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
18215 a typing break occur. They include:
18217 `type-break-query-mode'
18218 `type-break-query-function'
18219 `type-break-query-interval'
18221 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things." t nil)
18223 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
18224 Take a typing break.
18226 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
18227 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
18229 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
18230 as per the function `type-break-schedule'." t nil)
18232 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
18233 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
18234 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
18235 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc." t nil)
18237 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
18238 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
18240 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
18241 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
18242 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
18243 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
18244 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
18245 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
18246 average typing speed.)
18248 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
18249 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
18250 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
18251 the computed maximum threshold.
18253 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
18254 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
18255 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
18256 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
18257 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc." t nil)
18259 ;;;***
18261 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
18262 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (15371 46417))
18263 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
18265 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
18266 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
18267 Works by overstriking underscores.
18268 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18269 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
18271 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
18272 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
18273 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18274 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
18276 ;;;***
18278 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
18279 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (15371 46424))
18280 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
18282 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
18283 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
18284 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages." t nil)
18286 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
18287 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
18288 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
18289 following the containing message." t nil)
18291 ;;;***
18293 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
18294 ;;;;;; (15371 46424))
18295 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
18297 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
18298 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
18299 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
18300 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
18301 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
18302 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil)
18304 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
18305 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE." t nil)
18307 ;;;***
18309 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
18310 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (15371 46418))
18311 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
18313 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
18314 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
18315 This function has a choice of three things to do:
18316 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
18317 to refrain from editing the file
18318 return t (grab the lock on the file)
18319 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
18320 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
18321 in any way you like." nil nil)
18323 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
18324 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
18325 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
18326 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
18327 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
18329 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
18330 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil)
18332 ;;;***
18334 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-external)
18335 ;;;;;; "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el" (15371 46421))
18336 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
18338 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
18339 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
18340 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
18341 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'." t nil)
18343 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
18344 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
18345 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME." t nil)
18347 ;;;***
18349 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
18350 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
18351 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
18352 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-resolve-conflicts vc-merge vc-insert-headers
18353 ;;;;;; vc-version-other-window vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action
18354 ;;;;;; vc-do-command edit-vc-file with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-before-checkin-hook
18355 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (15515 47301))
18356 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
18358 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
18359 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
18360 See `run-hooks'.")
18362 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
18363 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
18364 See `run-hooks'.")
18366 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
18367 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
18368 See `run-hooks'.")
18370 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
18371 Return the branch part of a revision number REV." nil nil)
18373 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
18374 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
18375 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
18376 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
18377 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
18378 somebody else, signal error." nil (quote macro))
18380 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
18381 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
18382 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
18383 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
18384 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer." nil (quote macro))
18386 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
18387 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
18388 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
18389 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
18390 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
18391 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
18392 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore errors, if it is 'async, that
18393 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess). FILE is the
18394 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
18395 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
18396 that is inserted into the command line before the filename." nil nil)
18398 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
18399 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
18401 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
18402 it will operate on the file in the current line.
18404 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
18405 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
18406 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
18407 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
18408 lock steals will raise an error.
18410 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
18412 For RCS and SCCS files:
18413 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
18414 control.
18415 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
18416 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
18417 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
18418 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
18419 it performs a revert.
18420 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
18421 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
18422 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
18423 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
18424 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
18425 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
18426 the option to steal the lock.
18428 For CVS files:
18429 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
18430 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
18431 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
18432 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
18433 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
18434 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
18435 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
18436 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
18437 merge in the changes into your working copy." t nil)
18439 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
18440 Register the current file into a version control system.
18441 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
18442 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
18444 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
18445 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
18446 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
18447 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
18448 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
18449 first backend that could register the file is used." t nil)
18451 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
18452 Display diffs between file versions.
18453 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
18454 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
18455 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
18456 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
18457 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
18458 saving the buffer." t nil)
18460 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
18461 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
18462 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
18463 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again." t nil)
18465 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
18466 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
18467 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
18468 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'." t nil)
18470 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
18471 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
18472 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
18473 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
18474 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
18475 from the current branch.
18477 See Info node `Merging'." t nil)
18479 (autoload (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) "vc" "\
18480 Invoke ediff to resolve conflicts in the current buffer.
18481 The conflicts must be marked with rcsmerge conflict markers." t nil)
18483 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
18484 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
18486 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
18488 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
18489 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing." t nil)
18491 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
18492 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
18493 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
18494 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
18495 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
18496 are checked out in that new branch." t nil)
18498 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
18499 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
18500 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
18501 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
18502 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
18503 allowed and simply skipped)." t nil)
18505 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
18506 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil)
18508 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
18509 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
18510 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
18511 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
18512 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so." t nil)
18514 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
18515 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
18516 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
18517 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
18518 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
18519 the current branch are merged into the working file." t nil)
18521 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
18522 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
18523 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil)
18525 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
18526 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
18527 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
18528 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
18529 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
18530 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
18531 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument." t nil)
18533 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
18534 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
18535 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
18536 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
18537 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
18538 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
18539 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
18540 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
18541 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)" nil nil)
18543 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
18544 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil)
18546 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
18547 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
18548 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
18549 directory.
18551 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
18553 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
18554 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
18555 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
18557 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
18558 log entries should be gathered." t nil)
18560 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
18561 Display the edit history of the current file using colours.
18563 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
18564 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colours are
18565 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
18566 youngest, and intermediate colours indicate intermediate ages. By
18567 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
18568 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
18570 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
18571 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
18572 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
18573 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
18574 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
18575 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
18576 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
18577 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
18579 Customization variables:
18581 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
18582 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
18583 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
18584 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color." t nil)
18586 ;;;***
18588 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (15547 22605))
18589 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
18590 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
18591 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
18592 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
18593 (require 'vc-cvs)
18594 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
18596 ;;;***
18598 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
18599 ;;;;;; (15517 64422))
18600 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
18602 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
18603 *Where to look for RCS master files.
18604 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
18606 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote RCS) f))
18608 ;;;***
18610 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
18611 ;;;;;; (15517 64422))
18612 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
18614 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
18615 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
18616 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
18618 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote SCCS) f))
18620 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
18621 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
18622 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
18623 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
18625 ;;;***
18627 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
18628 ;;;;;; (15444 42464))
18629 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
18631 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
18632 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
18634 Usage:
18635 ------
18637 - TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): After typing a VHDL keyword and
18638 entering `\\[vhdl-electric-space]', you are prompted for arguments while a template is generated
18639 for that VHDL construct. Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' or `\\[keyboard-quit]' at the first (mandatory)
18640 prompt aborts the current template generation. Optional arguments are
18641 indicated by square brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty.
18642 Prompts for mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is
18643 left empty. They can be queried again by `\\[vhdl-template-search-prompt]'.
18644 Typing `\\[just-one-space]' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the template
18645 generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. electrification) can be
18646 disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-electric-mode]' or by setting custom variable
18647 `vhdl-electric-mode' (see CUSTOMIZATION).
18648 Enabled electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
18649 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key bindings, by
18650 typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing the keyword (i.e.
18651 first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and `\\[vhdl-electric-space]'.
18652 The following abbreviations can also be used:
18653 arch, attr, cond, conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
18654 Template styles can be customized in customization group `vhdl-electric'
18655 (see CUSTOMIZATION).
18657 - HEADER INSERTION: A file header can be inserted by `\\[vhdl-template-header]'. A
18658 file footer (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by
18659 `\\[vhdl-template-footer]'. See customization group `vhdl-header'.
18661 - STUTTERING: Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax
18662 elements. Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-stutter-mode]' or by
18663 variable `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
18664 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
18665 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
18666 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
18667 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
18668 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
18669 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
18671 - WORD COMPLETION: Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL
18672 keyword or a word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts
18673 case. Re-typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' toggles through alternative word completions.
18674 This also works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
18675 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
18676 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as standard
18677 types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations (e.g. type \"std\"
18678 and `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' will toggle through all standard types beginning with \"std\").
18680 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a non-word character indents the line if at the beginning
18681 of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters),and inserts a tabulator
18682 stop otherwise. `\\[tab-to-tab-stop]' always inserts a tabulator stop.
18684 - COMMENTS:
18685 `--' puts a single comment.
18686 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
18687 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines with a
18688 comment in between.
18689 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments out
18690 following lines.
18691 `\\[vhdl-comment-uncomment-region]' comments out a region if not commented out,
18692 uncomments a region if already commented out.
18694 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
18695 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process specifications
18696 if variable `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. Comments are
18697 automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after begin statements) and
18698 as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is non-nil.
18699 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) are
18700 indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at maximum to
18701 `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' after a space in a comment will open a
18702 new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' in a comment
18703 automatically opens a new comment line. `\\[fill-paragraph]' re-fills
18704 multi-line comments.
18706 - INDENTATION: `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' indents a line if at the beginning of the line.
18707 The amount of indentation is specified by variable `vhdl-basic-offset'.
18708 `\\[vhdl-indent-line]' always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if variable
18709 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). Indentation can be done for an entire region
18710 (`\\[vhdl-indent-region]') or buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are indented normally
18711 (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) according to variable
18712 `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. If variable `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil,
18713 spaces are used instead of tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow
18714 to convert spaces to tabs and vice versa.
18716 - ALIGNMENT: The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline
18717 comment to beautify argument lists, port maps, etc. `\\[vhdl-align-group]' aligns a group
18718 of consecutive lines separated by blank lines. `\\[vhdl-align-noindent-region]' aligns an
18719 entire region. If variable `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code
18720 lines separated by empty lines are aligned individually. `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-group]' aligns
18721 inline comments for a group of lines, and `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-region]' for a region.
18722 Some templates are automatically aligned after generation if custom variable
18723 `vhdl-auto-align' is non-nil.
18724 `\\[vhdl-fixup-whitespace-region]' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator symbols
18725 are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
18727 - PORT TRANSLATION: Generic and port clauses from entity or component
18728 declarations can be copied (`\\[vhdl-port-copy]') and pasted as entity and
18729 component declarations, as component instantiations and corresponding
18730 internal constants and signals, as a generic map with constants as actual
18731 parameters, and as a test bench (menu).
18732 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be flattened
18733 (`\\[vhdl-port-flatten]') so that only one name per line exists. Names for actual
18734 ports, instances, test benches, and design-under-test instances can be
18735 derived from existing names according to variables `vhdl-...-name'.
18736 Variables `vhdl-testbench-...' allow the insertion of additional templates
18737 into a test bench. New files are created for the test bench entity and
18738 architecture according to variable `vhdl-testbench-create-files'.
18739 See customization group `vhdl-port'.
18741 - TEST BENCH GENERATION: See PORT TRANSLATION.
18743 - KEY BINDINGS: Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in
18744 menu).
18746 - VHDL MENU: All commands can be invoked from the VHDL menu.
18748 - FILE BROWSER: The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents.
18749 It can be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if
18750 variable `vhdl-speedbar' is non-nil.
18751 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
18752 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
18754 - DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: The speedbar can also be used for browsing the
18755 hierarchy of design units contained in the source files of the current
18756 directory or in the source files/directories specified for a project (see
18757 variable `vhdl-project-alist').
18758 The speedbar can be switched between file and hierarchy browsing mode in the
18759 VHDL menu or by typing `f' and `h' in speedbar.
18760 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse their
18761 hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. The hierarchy can be rescanned and
18762 ports directly be copied from entities by using the speedbar menu.
18764 - PROJECTS: Projects can be defined in variable `vhdl-project-alist' and a
18765 current project be selected using variable `vhdl-project' (permanently) or
18766 from the menu (temporarily). For each project, a title string (for the file
18767 headers) and source files/directories (for the hierarchy browser) can be
18768 specified.
18770 - SPECIAL MENUES: As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can
18771 be added (set variable `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible
18772 as a mouse menu (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to
18773 your start-up file) for browsing the file contents. Also, a source file menu
18774 can be added (set variable `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing
18775 the current directory for VHDL source files.
18777 - SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed
18778 by calling a VHDL compiler (menu, `\\[vhdl-compile]'). The compiler to be used is
18779 specified by variable `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed
18780 in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
18781 destination directory, and error message syntax information. New compilers
18782 can be added. Additional compile command options can be set in variable
18783 `vhdl-compiler-options'.
18784 An entire hierarchy of source files can be compiled by the `make' command
18785 (menu, `\\[vhdl-make]'). This only works if an appropriate Makefile exists.
18786 The make command itself as well as a command to generate a Makefile can also
18787 be specified in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
18789 - VHDL STANDARDS: The VHDL standards to be used are specified in variable
18790 `vhdl-standard'. Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS,
18791 Math Packages.
18793 - KEYWORD CASE: Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types,
18794 attributes, and enumeration values is supported. If the variable
18795 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in lower
18796 case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for types,
18797 attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, types,
18798 attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire region (menu)
18799 or buffer (`\\[vhdl-fix-case-buffer]') according to the variables
18800 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
18802 - HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Keywords and standardized types, attributes,
18803 enumeration values, and function names (controlled by variable
18804 `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well as comments, strings, and template
18805 prompts are highlighted using different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal,
18806 variable, constant, parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well
18807 as labels are highlighted if variable `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
18809 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words that
18810 should be avoided) can be specified in variable `vhdl-forbidden-words' or
18811 `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in a warning color (variable
18812 `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog keywords are highlighted as
18813 forbidden words if variable `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
18815 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their syntax and
18816 color in variable `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting variable
18817 `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to establish some
18818 naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds of signals or other
18819 objects by using name suffices) and to support them visually.
18821 Variable `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order to
18822 support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
18823 highlighted if written in lower case.
18825 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is highlighted
18826 using a different background color if variable `vhdl-highlight-translate-off'
18827 is non-nil.
18829 All colors can be customized by command `\\[customize-face]'.
18830 For highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
18831 `paren-showing' (`\\[customize-group]').
18833 - USER MODELS: VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made
18834 accessible in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
18835 electrification. See custom variable `vhdl-model-alist'.
18837 - HIDE/SHOW: The code of entire VHDL design units can be hidden using the
18838 `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within the code (variable
18839 `vhdl-hideshow-menu').
18841 - PRINTING: Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of
18842 faces is used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors
18843 (if `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
18844 postscript printing commands. Variable `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
18845 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. The
18846 paper format can be set by variable `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
18847 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white printers.
18849 - CUSTOMIZATION: All variables can easily be customized using the `Customize'
18850 menu entry or `\\[customize-option]' (`\\[customize-group]' for groups).
18851 Some customizations only take effect after some action (read the NOTE in
18852 the variable documentation). Customization can also be done globally (i.e.
18853 site-wide, read the INSTALL file).
18855 - FILE EXTENSIONS: As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
18856 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension \".xxx\",
18857 add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
18858 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
18860 - HINTS:
18861 - Type `\\[keyboard-quit] \\[keyboard-quit]' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
18864 Maintenance:
18865 ------------
18867 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
18868 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
18870 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
18872 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
18873 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta releases.
18874 You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe to above
18875 mailing lists by sending an email to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
18877 VHDL Mode is officially distributed on the Emacs VHDL Mode Home Page
18878 <http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Peaks/8287>, where the latest
18879 version and release notes can be found.
18882 Bugs and Limitations:
18883 ---------------------
18885 - Re-indenting large regions or expressions can be slow.
18886 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
18887 - Hideshow does not work under XEmacs.
18888 - Index menu and file tagging in speedbar do not work under XEmacs.
18889 - Parsing compilation error messages for Ikos and Viewlogic VHDL compilers
18890 does not work under XEmacs.
18893 The VHDL Mode Maintainers
18894 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
18896 Key bindings:
18897 -------------
18899 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil)
18901 ;;;***
18903 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (15371 46419))
18904 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
18906 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
18907 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
18908 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
18909 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
18911 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
18912 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
18913 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
18914 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
18915 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
18917 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
18918 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
18920 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
18922 * Limitations and unsupported features
18923 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
18924 not supported.
18925 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
18926 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
18928 * Modifications
18929 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
18930 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
18931 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
18932 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
18933 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
18934 for undoing a repeated change command.
18935 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
18936 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
18937 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
18939 * Extensions
18940 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
18941 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
18942 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
18943 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
18944 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
18945 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
18946 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
18947 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
18949 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs." t nil)
18951 ;;;***
18953 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
18954 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
18955 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
18956 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (15565 33566))
18957 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
18959 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
18960 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
18962 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
18963 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characaters.
18964 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
18965 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
18967 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
18968 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characaters." t nil)
18970 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
18971 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
18972 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
18973 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
18975 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
18976 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics." t nil)
18978 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
18980 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
18982 ;;;***
18984 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
18985 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
18986 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (15371
18987 ;;;;;; 46418))
18988 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
18990 (defvar view-mode nil "\
18991 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
18992 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
18993 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
18995 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
18997 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
18998 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
18999 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
19000 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
19001 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
19002 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
19003 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
19005 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
19007 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
19008 View FILE in View mode in another window.
19009 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
19010 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
19011 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
19012 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
19013 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
19014 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
19016 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
19018 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
19019 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
19020 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
19021 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
19022 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
19023 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
19024 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
19025 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
19027 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
19029 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
19030 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
19031 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
19032 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
19033 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
19034 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
19035 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
19037 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
19039 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
19040 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
19041 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
19043 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
19044 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
19045 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
19046 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
19047 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
19048 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
19049 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
19050 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
19052 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
19054 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
19055 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
19056 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
19058 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
19059 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
19060 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
19061 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
19062 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
19063 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
19064 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
19065 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
19067 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
19069 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
19070 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
19071 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
19073 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
19074 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
19075 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
19077 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
19078 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
19079 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
19080 read-only.
19081 \\<view-mode-map>
19082 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
19083 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
19084 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
19085 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
19086 commands default to a repeat count of one.
19088 H, h, ? This message.
19089 Digits provide prefix arguments.
19090 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
19091 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
19092 > move to the end of buffer.
19093 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
19094 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
19095 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
19096 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
19097 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
19098 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
19099 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
19100 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
19101 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
19102 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
19103 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
19104 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
19105 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
19106 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
19107 Use this to view a changing file.
19108 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
19109 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
19110 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
19111 . set the mark.
19112 x exchanges point and mark.
19113 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
19114 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
19115 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
19116 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
19117 ' go to position saved in character register.
19118 s do forward incremental search.
19119 r do reverse incremental search.
19120 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
19121 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
19122 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
19123 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
19124 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
19125 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
19126 p searches backward for last regular expression.
19127 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, trying to restore window and buffer to previous state.
19128 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
19129 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
19130 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
19131 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
19132 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, trying to restore windows and buffer to previous state.
19133 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
19134 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
19136 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
19137 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
19138 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
19139 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
19140 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
19141 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
19142 will return to that buffer.
19144 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
19146 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
19147 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
19148 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
19149 `view-return-to-alist'.
19150 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
19151 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
19152 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
19154 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
19155 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
19156 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
19157 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
19158 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
19159 1) nil Do nothing.
19160 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
19161 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
19162 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
19163 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
19165 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
19167 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." nil nil)
19169 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
19170 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable." t nil)
19172 ;;;***
19174 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (15371 46419))
19175 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
19177 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
19178 Turn on VIP emulation of VI." t nil)
19180 ;;;***
19182 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
19183 ;;;;;; (15549 60242))
19184 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
19186 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
19187 Toggle Viper on/off.
19188 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on." t nil)
19190 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
19191 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil)
19193 ;;;***
19195 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (15391 60705))
19196 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
19198 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
19199 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
19201 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
19202 hotlist.
19204 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
19205 <nwv@acm.org>." t nil)
19207 ;;;***
19209 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "which-func.el"
19210 ;;;;;; (15371 46418))
19211 ;;; Generated autoloads from which-func.el
19213 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
19215 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
19216 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
19217 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19218 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19219 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-function-mode'.")
19221 (custom-add-to-group (quote which-func) (quote which-function-mode) (quote custom-variable))
19223 (custom-add-load (quote which-function-mode) (quote which-func))
19225 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
19226 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
19227 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
19228 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
19230 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
19231 and off otherwise." t nil)
19233 ;;;***
19235 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-describe whitespace-write-file-hook
19236 ;;;;;; whitespace-global-mode whitespace-global-mode whitespace-cleanup-region
19237 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check
19238 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check whitespace-toggle-indent-check
19239 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-trailing-check whitespace-toggle-leading-check)
19240 ;;;;;; "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (15400 1474))
19241 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
19243 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
19244 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer." t nil)
19246 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
19247 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer." t nil)
19249 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
19250 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer." t nil)
19252 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
19253 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer." t nil)
19255 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
19256 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer." t nil)
19258 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
19259 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
19260 These are:
19261 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
19262 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
19263 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
19264 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
19265 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
19267 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
19268 and:
19269 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
19270 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument." t nil)
19272 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
19273 Check the region for whitespace errors." t nil)
19275 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
19276 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
19278 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
19279 whitespace problems." t nil)
19281 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
19282 Whitespace cleanup on the region." t nil)
19284 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
19285 Toggle global Whitespace mode.
19287 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19288 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'
19289 \(which see).")
19291 (custom-add-to-group (quote whitespace) (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote custom-variable))
19293 (custom-add-load (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote whitespace))
19295 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
19296 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
19297 With ARG, turn the mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
19299 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
19300 `find-file-hooks' and `kill-buffer-hook'." t nil)
19302 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
19303 The local-write-file-hook to be called on the buffer when
19304 whitespace check is enabled." t nil)
19306 (autoload (quote whitespace-describe) "whitespace" "\
19307 A summary of whitespaces and what this library can do about them.
19309 The whitespace library is intended to find and help fix five different types
19310 of whitespace problems that commonly exist in source code.
19312 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
19313 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
19314 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces at beginning of line, that should be
19315 replaced with TABS).
19316 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
19317 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
19319 Whitespace errors are reported in a buffer, and on the modeline.
19321 Modeline will show a W:<x>!<y> to denote a particular type of whitespace,
19322 where `x' and `y' can be one (or more) of:
19324 e - End-of-Line whitespace.
19325 i - Indentation whitespace.
19326 l - Leading whitespace.
19327 s - Space followed by Tab.
19328 t - Trailing whitespace.
19330 If any of the whitespace checks is turned off, the modeline will display a
19331 !<y>.
19333 (since (3) is the most controversial one, here is the rationale: Most
19334 terminal drivers and printer drivers have TAB configured or even
19335 hardcoded to be 8 spaces. (Some of them allow configuration, but almost
19336 always they default to 8.)
19338 Changing `tab-width' to other than 8 and editing will cause your code to
19339 look different from within Emacs, and say, if you cat it or more it, or
19340 even print it.
19342 Almost all the popular programming modes let you define an offset (like
19343 c-basic-offset or perl-indent-level) to configure the offset, so you
19344 should never have to set your `tab-width' to be other than 8 in all these
19345 modes. In fact, with an indent level of say, 4, 2 TABS will cause Emacs
19346 to replace your 8 spaces with one (try it). If vi users in your
19347 office complain, tell them to use vim, which distinguishes between
19348 tabstop and shiftwidth (vi equivalent of our offsets), and also ask them
19349 to set smarttab.)
19351 All the above have caused (and will cause) unwanted codeline integration and
19352 merge problems.
19354 whitespace.el will complain if it detects whitespaces on opening a file, and
19355 warn you on closing a file also (in case you had inserted any
19356 whitespaces during the process of your editing)." t nil)
19358 ;;;***
19360 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
19361 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (15468 23941))
19362 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
19364 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
19365 Browse the widget under point." t nil)
19367 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
19368 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil)
19370 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
19371 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil)
19373 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
19374 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
19375 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
19377 ;;;***
19379 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
19380 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (15549
19381 ;;;;;; 60240))
19382 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
19384 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
19385 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget." nil nil)
19387 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
19388 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
19389 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil)
19391 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
19392 Create widget of TYPE.
19393 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
19395 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
19396 Delete WIDGET." nil nil)
19398 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
19399 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only." nil nil)
19401 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map " " (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
19402 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
19403 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
19405 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
19406 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works." nil nil)
19408 ;;;***
19410 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
19411 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (15576
19412 ;;;;;; 843))
19413 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
19415 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
19416 Select the window to the left of the current one.
19417 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
19418 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
19419 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
19420 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
19421 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
19423 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
19424 Select the window above the current one.
19425 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
19426 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
19427 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
19428 negative ARG) of the current window.
19429 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
19431 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
19432 Select the window to the right of the current one.
19433 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
19434 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
19435 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
19436 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
19437 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
19439 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
19440 Select the window below the current one.
19441 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
19442 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
19443 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
19444 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
19445 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
19447 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
19448 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
19449 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
19450 Default MODIFIER is 'shift." t nil)
19452 ;;;***
19454 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
19455 ;;;;;; (15484 11830))
19456 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
19458 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
19459 Toggle winner-mode.
19460 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19461 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
19463 (custom-add-to-group (quote winner) (quote winner-mode) (quote custom-variable))
19465 (custom-add-load (quote winner-mode) (quote winner))
19467 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
19468 Toggle Winner mode.
19469 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
19471 ;;;***
19473 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
19474 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (15417 7411))
19475 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
19477 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
19478 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
19479 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
19480 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
19481 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
19482 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
19483 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
19484 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
19486 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
19487 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching." t nil)
19489 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
19490 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file." t nil)
19492 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
19493 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
19494 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
19495 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
19496 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
19497 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
19498 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
19499 `woman' command for further details." t nil)
19501 ;;;***
19503 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
19504 ;;;;;; (15400 1475))
19505 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
19507 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
19508 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
19510 BUGS:
19511 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
19512 are not implemented
19513 - Options for search and replace
19514 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
19515 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
19517 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
19518 Emacs-like.
19520 The key bindings are:
19522 C-a backward-word
19523 C-b fill-paragraph
19524 C-c scroll-up-line
19525 C-d forward-char
19526 C-e previous-line
19527 C-f forward-word
19528 C-g delete-char
19529 C-h backward-char
19530 C-i indent-for-tab-command
19531 C-j help-for-help
19532 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
19533 C-l ws-repeat-search
19534 C-n open-line
19535 C-p quoted-insert
19536 C-r scroll-down-line
19537 C-s backward-char
19538 C-t kill-word
19539 C-u keyboard-quit
19540 C-v overwrite-mode
19541 C-w scroll-down
19542 C-x next-line
19543 C-y kill-complete-line
19544 C-z scroll-up
19546 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
19547 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
19548 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
19549 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
19550 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
19551 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
19552 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
19553 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
19554 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
19555 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
19556 C-k b ws-begin-block
19557 C-k c ws-copy-block
19558 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
19559 C-k f find-file
19560 C-k h ws-show-markers
19561 C-k i ws-indent-block
19562 C-k k ws-end-block
19563 C-k p ws-print-block
19564 C-k q kill-emacs
19565 C-k r insert-file
19566 C-k s save-some-buffers
19567 C-k t ws-mark-word
19568 C-k u ws-exdent-block
19569 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
19570 C-k v ws-move-block
19571 C-k w ws-write-block
19572 C-k x kill-emacs
19573 C-k y ws-delete-block
19575 C-o c wordstar-center-line
19576 C-o b switch-to-buffer
19577 C-o j justify-current-line
19578 C-o k kill-buffer
19579 C-o l list-buffers
19580 C-o m auto-fill-mode
19581 C-o r set-fill-column
19582 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
19583 C-o wd delete-other-windows
19584 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
19585 C-o wo other-window
19586 C-o wv split-window-vertically
19588 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
19589 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
19590 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
19591 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
19592 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
19593 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
19594 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
19595 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
19596 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
19597 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
19598 C-q a ws-query-replace
19599 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
19600 C-q c end-of-buffer
19601 C-q d end-of-line
19602 C-q f ws-search
19603 C-q k ws-to-block-end
19604 C-q l ws-undo
19605 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
19606 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
19607 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
19608 C-q w ws-last-error
19609 C-q y ws-kill-eol
19610 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
19611 " t nil)
19613 ;;;***
19615 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (15547
19616 ;;;;;; 22605))
19617 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
19619 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
19620 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
19621 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
19623 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands." t nil)
19625 ;;;***
19627 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
19628 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (15417 7434))
19629 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
19631 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
19632 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil)
19634 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
19635 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil)
19637 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
19638 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
19639 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil)
19641 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
19642 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil)
19644 ;;;***
19646 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (15425 28364))
19647 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
19649 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
19650 Zone out, completely." t nil)
19652 ;;;***
19654 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
19655 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (15566 7114))
19656 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
19658 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
19659 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified." t nil)
19661 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
19662 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
19664 Zone-mode does two things:
19666 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
19667 when saving the file
19669 - fontification" t nil)
19671 ;;;***
19673 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("textmodes/fill.el" "term/x-win.el" "term/mac-win.el"
19674 ;;;;;; "loadup.el" "isearch.el" "custom.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
19675 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "calc/calc-bin.el"
19676 ;;;;;; "frame.el" "ediff-init.el" "bindings.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
19677 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "language/slovak.el"
19678 ;;;;;; "language/european.el" "language/czech.el" "gnus/qp.el" "xml.el"
19679 ;;;;;; "w32-fns.el" "dos-fns.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
19680 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-maint.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
19681 ;;;;;; "textmodes/paragraphs.el" "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
19682 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
19683 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-hist.el"
19684 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-alias.el"
19685 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "mail/uce.el" "gnus/mm-encode.el" "tempo.el"
19686 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/mm-view.el"
19687 ;;;;;; "indent.el" "ediff-wind.el" "term/sun-mouse.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el"
19688 ;;;;;; "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
19689 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
19690 ;;;;;; "play/meese.el" "play/gametree.el" "obsolete/x-menu.el" "obsolete/x-apollo.el"
19691 ;;;;;; "obsolete/uncompress.el" "obsolete/sun-fns.el" "obsolete/sun-curs.el"
19692 ;;;;;; "obsolete/sc.el" "obsolete/rnews.el" "obsolete/profile.el"
19693 ;;;;;; "obsolete/ooutline.el" "obsolete/c-mode.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el"
19694 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/mh-seq.el"
19695 ;;;;;; "mail/mh-funcs.el" "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
19696 ;;;;;; "mail/blessmail.el" "language/romanian.el" "language/misc-lang.el"
19697 ;;;;;; "language/ethiopic.el" "language/english.el" "language/devanagari.el"
19698 ;;;;;; "international/swedish.el" "international/latin-9.el" "international/latin-8.el"
19699 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-4.el" "international/latin-3.el"
19700 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-1.el" "international/ja-dic-utl.el"
19701 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-cnv.el" "international/iso-swed.el"
19702 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "calc/calcsel2.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
19703 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
19704 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el"
19705 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-sel.el"
19706 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-prog.el"
19707 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
19708 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-incom.el"
19709 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
19710 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el"
19711 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
19712 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-aent.el" "gnus/webmail.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/starttls.el"
19713 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el"
19714 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el"
19715 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnslashdot.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
19716 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
19717 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el"
19718 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
19719 ;;;;;; "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
19720 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el"
19721 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el"
19722 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
19723 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el"
19724 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
19725 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
19726 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
19727 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
19728 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
19729 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
19730 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el"
19731 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el"
19732 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lselect.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/levents.el"
19733 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/float.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
19734 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el"
19735 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
19736 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el"
19737 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
19738 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-china.el" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
19739 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
19740 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
19741 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
19742 ;;;;;; "term/wyse50.el" "term/vt420.el" "term/vt400.el" "term/vt320.el"
19743 ;;;;;; "term/vt300.el" "term/vt240.el" "term/vt220.el" "term/vt201.el"
19744 ;;;;;; "term/vt200.el" "term/vt125.el" "term/vt102.el" "term/vt100.el"
19745 ;;;;;; "term/tvi970.el" "term/sup-mouse.el" "term/sun.el" "term/news.el"
19746 ;;;;;; "term/lk201.el" "term/linux.el" "term/keyswap.el" "term/iris-ansi.el"
19747 ;;;;;; "term/bobcat.el" "term/bg-mouse.el" "term/apollo.el" "term/AT386.el"
19748 ;;;;;; "widget.el" "vt100-led.el" "vmsproc.el" "vms-patch.el" "vcursor.el"
19749 ;;;;;; "unused.el" "uniquify.el" "timezone.el" "soundex.el" "saveplace.el"
19750 ;;;;;; "s-region.el" "regi.el" "patcomp.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse-copy.el"
19751 ;;;;;; "map-ynp.el" "kermit.el" "forms-pass.el" "forms-d2.el" "env.el"
19752 ;;;;;; "emacs-lock.el" "electric.el" "dos-w32.el" "dos-vars.el"
19753 ;;;;;; "cus-dep.el" "cdl.el" "byte-run.el" "abbrev.el" "abbrevlist.el"
19754 ;;;;;; "buff-menu.el" "case-table.el" "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-vers.el"
19755 ;;;;;; "foldout.el" "pcvs-util.el" "version.el" "vt-control.el"
19756 ;;;;;; "xscheme.el" "term/internal.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
19757 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/authors.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el"
19758 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
19759 ;;;;;; "emulation/tpu-mapper.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
19760 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
19761 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-ls.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
19762 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "calc/calc-forms.el"
19763 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "international/characters.el"
19764 ;;;;;; "international/iso-insert.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/utf-8-subst.el"
19765 ;;;;;; "language/chinese.el" "language/cyrillic.el" "language/georgian.el"
19766 ;;;;;; "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el" "language/indian.el"
19767 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" "language/thai.el"
19768 ;;;;;; "language/utf-8-lang.el" "mail/mh-pick.el" "obsolete/cplus-md.el"
19769 ;;;;;; "obsolete/hilit19.el" "obsolete/mlsupport.el" "generic-x.el"
19770 ;;;;;; "scroll-bar.el" "calendar/parse-time.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
19771 ;;;;;; "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el"
19772 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "term/pc-win.el" "term/rxvt.el"
19773 ;;;;;; "term/tty-colors.el" "term/xterm.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el"
19774 ;;;;;; "paths.el" "vc-hooks.el" "international/mule.el" "language/japanese.el"
19775 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-graph.el" "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "pcvs-parse.el"
19776 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el"
19777 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "international/ucs-tables.el" "allout.el"
19778 ;;;;;; "cus-start.el" "format.el" "mouse.el" "pcvs-info.el" "window.el"
19779 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-misc.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
19780 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnwarchive.el"
19781 ;;;;;; "gnus/pop3.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
19782 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "international/utf-8.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
19783 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-rinfo.el" "register.el" "startup.el" "net/netrc.el"
19784 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-compat.el"
19785 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "cus-load.el"
19786 ;;;;;; "ediff-hook.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "filesets.el" "finder-inf.el"
19787 ;;;;;; "float-sup.el" "help.el" "menu-bar.el" "misc.el" "replace.el"
19788 ;;;;;; "select.el" "simple.el" "subdirs.el" "subr.el" "w32-vars.el"
19789 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
19790 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el"
19791 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "language/tibetan.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
19792 ;;;;;; "play/gamegrid.el" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" "term/w32-win.el")
19793 ;;;;;; (15576 28102 228069))
19795 ;;;***
19797 ;; Local Variables:
19798 ;; version-control: never
19799 ;; no-byte-compile: t
19800 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
19801 ;; End:
19802 ;;; loaddefs.elends here